NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
485APOS, 2000-01-27
Previous: BINGOGOLD COM INC, SB-2/A, 2000-01-27
Next: NAVTECH INC, 10KSB, 2000-01-27



<PAGE>   1
                                                      Registration No. 333-72913

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-4

                   REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES
                                 ACT OF 1933                           / /

                         Pre-Effective Amendment No.                  / /
                                                    ---
                      Post-Effective Amendment No. 1                 /X/
                                                  ---
                                     and/or

                   REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT
                             COMPANY ACT OF 1940                     / /

                              Amendment No.                         / /
                                           ---
                        (Check appropriate box or boxes.)

                         NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         (Exact Name of Registrant)

                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               (Name of Depositor)
720 East Wisconsi Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin                     53202
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices)     (Zip Code)

Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code  414-271-1444
                                                   ------------
     JOHN M. BREMER, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
              720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate space)

         ----   immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
                on (DATE) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
         ----
                60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
         ----
           X    on March 31, 2000 pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
         -----
                this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date
         -----
                for a previously filed post-effective amendment.


<PAGE>   2


                         NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




N-4, Part A                                                   Heading in
Item                                                          Prospectus
- -----------                                                   ----------
<S>                                                          <C>

      1 ..................................................    Cover Page
      2 ..................................................    Index of Special Terms
      3 ..................................................    Expense Table
      4 ..................................................    Accumulation Unit Values, Financial Statements
      5 ..................................................    The Company, NML Variable Annuity Account A, The
                                                              Funds
      6 ..................................................    Deductions, Distribution of the Contracts
      7 ..................................................    The Contracts, Owners of the Contracts, Application
                                                              of Purchase Payments, Transfers Between Divisions
                                                              and Payment Plans, Substitution and Change
      8 ..................................................    Variable Payment Plans, Description of Payment
                                                              Plans, Amount of Annuity Payments, Maturity
                                                              Benefit, Assumed Investment Rate, Transfers Between
                                                              Divisions and Payment Plans
      9 ..................................................    Death Benefit
     10 ..................................................    Amount and Frequency, Application of Purchase
                                                              Payments, Net Investment Factor, Distribution of
                                                              the Contracts
     11 ..................................................    Withdrawal Amount, Deferment of Benefit Payments,
                                                              Right to Examine Contract
     12 ..................................................    Federal Income Taxes
     13 ..................................................    Not Applicable
     14 ..................................................    Table of Contents for Statement of Additional
                                                              Information

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>


N-4, Part B                                                   Heading in Statement
Item                                                          of Additional Information
- -----------                                                  ---------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>
     15 ..................................................    Cover Page
     16 ..................................................    Table of Contents
     17 ..................................................    Not Applicable
     18 ..................................................    Experts
     19 ..................................................    Not Applicable
     20 ..................................................    Distribution of the Contracts
     21 ..................................................    Not Applicable
     22 ..................................................    Determination of Annuity Payments
     23 ..................................................    Financial Statements

</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
March 31, 2000

NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
The Quiet Company(R)

  [LOGO]

           NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A

               Individual Variable Annuity Contracts for Retirement

               Plans of Self-Employed Persons and Their Employees













                                     (PHOTO)










PROSPECTUSES




Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and
Russell Insurance Funds

The Northwestern Mutual
Life Insurance Company
720 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
(414) 271-1444


<PAGE>   4

================================================================================

NORTHWESTERN           PROFILE          The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
MUTUAL LIFE                             Company NML Variable Annuity Account A

 [LETTERHEAD]


                                                                  March 31, 2000


PROFILE OF THE VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT

This Profile is a summary of some of the more important points that you should
consider and know before purchasing the Contract. We describe the Contract more
fully in the prospectus which accompanies this Profile.
Please read the prospectus carefully.


1. THE ANNUITY CONTRACT The Contract provides retirement annuity benefits for
self-employed individuals (and their eligible employees). The Contract will
invest on a tax-deferred basis in your choice of sixteen investment portfolios.
The Contract also allows investment on a fixed basis in a guaranteed account.

The Contract is intended for retirement savings or other long-term investment
purposes. The Contract provides for a death benefit during the years when funds
are being accumulated and for a variety of income options following retirement.

The sixteen investment portfolios are listed in Section 4 below. These
portfolios bear varying amounts of investment risk. Those with more risk are
designed to produce a better long-term return than those with less risk. But
this is not guaranteed. You can also lose your money.

The amounts you invest on a fixed basis earn interest at a rate we declare from
time to time. We guarantee principal and we guarantee the interest rate for each
amount for at least one year.

You may invest in any or all of the sixteen investment portfolios. You may move
money among these portfolios without charge up to 12 times per year. After that,
a charge of $25 may apply. Transfers of amounts invested on a fixed basis are
subject to restrictions.

During the years when funds are being paid into your Contract, known as the
accumulation phase, the earnings accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. The
earnings are taxed as income if you make a withdrawal. The income phase begins
when you start receiving annuity payments from your Contract, usually at
retirement. Monthly annuity payments begin on the date you select.

The amount you accumulate in your Contract, including the results of investment
performance, will determine the amount of your monthly annuity payments.

2. ANNUITY PAYMENTS If you decide to begin receiving monthly annuity payments
from your Contract, you may choose one of three payment plans: (1) monthly
payments for a specified period of five to thirty years, as you select, (2)
monthly payments for your life (assuming you are the annuitant), and you may
choose to have payments continue to your beneficiary for the balance of ten or
twenty years if you die sooner; or (3) monthly payments for your life and for
the life of another person (usually your spouse) selected by you. After you
begin receiving monthly annuity payments you cannot change your selection if the
payments depend on your life or the life of another.

These payment plans are available to you on a variable or fixed basis. Variable
means that the amount accumulated in your Contract will continue to be invested
in one or more of the sixteen investment portfolios as you choose. Your monthly
annuity payments will vary up or down to reflect continuing investment
performance. Or you may choose a fixed annuity payment plan which guarantees the
amount you will receive each month.

3. PURCHASE We offer Front Load and Back Load Contracts, as briefly described in
Section 5. You may make purchase payments of $25 or more as you accumulate funds
in your Contract. For the Front Load Contract the minimum initial purchase
payment is $10,000. For Back Load Contracts we issue in non-tax-qualified
situations the minimum initial purchase payment is $5,000. Your Northwestern
Mutual Life agent will help you complete a Contract application form.

4. INVESTMENT CHOICES You may invest in any or all of the following investment
portfolios. All of these are described in the attached prospectuses for
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and the Russell Insurance Funds:

Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.

     1.  Small Cap Growth Stock Portfolio
     2.  Aggressive Growth Stock Portfolio
     3.  International Equity Portfolio
     4.  Index 400 Stock Portfolio
     5.  Growth Stock Portfolio
     6.  Growth and Income Stock Portfolio
     7.  Index 500 Stock Portfolio
     8.  Balanced Portfolio
     9.  High Yield Bond Portfolio
     10. Select Bond Portfolio
     11. Money Market Portfolio

Russell Insurance Funds

     1.  Multi-Style Equity Fund
     2.  Aggressive Equity Fund
     3.  Non-U.S. Fund
     4.  Real Estate Securities Fund
     5.  Core Bond Fund

You may also invest all or part of your funds on a fixed basis (the Guaranteed
Interest Fund).


                                   PROFILE-i

<PAGE>   5


5. EXPENSES The Contract has insurance and investment features, and there are
costs related to them. For the Front Load Contract we deduct a sales load of
4.5% from your purchase payments. The percentage is lower when cumulative
purchase payments exceed $100,000. For the Back Load Contract there is no sales
load deducted from purchase payments but a withdrawal charge of 0% to 6%
applies, depending on the length of time the money you withdraw has been in the
Contract and the size of your Contract.

Each year we deduct a $30 Contract fee. Currently this fee is waived if the
value of your Contract is $25,000 or more.

We also deduct mortality and expense risk charges for the guarantees associated
with your Contract. These charges are at the annual rate of 0.50% for the Front
Load Contract. They begin at 1.25% for the Back Load Contract and are reduced to
0.50% for purchase payments that are no longer subject to withdrawal charges in
Contracts with a value of $25,000 or more.


The portfolios also bear investment charges that range from an annual rate of
0.20% to 1.30% of the average daily value of the portfolio, depending on the
investment portfolio you select. The following charts are designed to help you
understand the charges for the Front Load and Back Load Contracts. The first
three columns show the annual expenses as a percentage of assets including the
insurance charges, the portfolio charges and the total charges. Portfolio
expenses are based on 1999 expenses for the portfolios. Expenses for the
portfolios reflect fee waivers and expense reimbursements. The last two columns
show you examples of the charges, in dollars, you would pay. The examples
reflect the impact of the asset based charges, any sales loads or withdrawals
that would apply, and the $30 Contract fee calculated by dividing the annual
Contract fees collected by the average assets of the sub-account. The examples
assume that you invested $1,000 in a Contract which earns 5% annually and that
you withdraw your money at the end of year one, and at the end of year ten. Both
of these examples, for both Contracts, reflect aggregate charges on a cumulative
basis to the end of the 1 or 10-year period.

For more detailed information, see the Expense Table which begins on page 3 of
the attached prospectus for the Contracts.



                                    EXPENSES

FRONT LOAD CONTRACT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                ANNUAL EXPENSES AS A PERCENTAGE OF ASSETS
                                                                      Total                   Examples: *
                                                Total Annual         Annual        Total      Total Annual Charges At End of
                                             Insurance Charges      Portfolio      Annual
Portfolio                                                            Charges      Expenses    1 Year       10 Years
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>                        <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.
  Small Cap Growth Stock                   0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       1.00%        1.42%            $54         $203
  Aggressive Growth Stock                  0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.51%        0.93%            $49         $150
  International Equity                     0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.74%        1.16%            $51         $175
  Index 400 Stock                          0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.35%        0.77%            $48         $132
  Growth Stock                             0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.43%        0.85%            $48         $141
  Growth and Income Stock                  0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.57%        0.99%            $50         $157
  Index 500 Stock                          0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.20%        0.62%            $46         $114
  Balanced                                 0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.30%        0.72%            $47         $126
  High Yield Bond                          0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.50%        0.92%            $49         $149
  Select Bond                              0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.30%        0.72%            $47         $126
  Money Market                             0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.30%        0.72%            $47         $126
Russell Insurance Funds
  Multi-Style Equity                       0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.92%        1.34%            $53         $195
  Aggressive Equity                        0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       1.25%        1.67%            $56         $230
  Non-U.S.                                 0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       1.30%        1.72%            $57         $235
  Real Estate Securities                   0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       1.15%        1.57%            $55         $219
  Core Bond                                0.52% (0.50% + 0.02%)       0.80%        1.22%            $52         $182
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*TOTAL ANNUAL INSURANCE CHARGES INCLUDE THE INSURANCE CHARGES OF 0.50% PLUS
0.02% OF THE ASSETS TO REFLECT THE $30 CONTRACT FEE, BASED ON ACTUAL CONTRACT
FEES COLLECTED DIVIDED BY AVERAGE ASSETS OF THE SUB-ACCOUNT. THE ACTUAL IMPACT
OF THE CONTRACT FEE MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN 0.02%, DEPENDING UPON THE VALUE
OF YOUR CONTRACT.

NOTE: THE MINIMUM INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT FOR A FRONT LOAD CONTRACT IS $10,000.
THE NUMBERS ABOVE MUST BE MULTIPLIED BY 10 TO FIND THE EXPENSES FOR A FRONT LOAD
CONTRACT OF MINIMUM SIZE.



                                   PROFILE-ii
<PAGE>   6

NORTHWESTERN           PROFILE          The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
MUTUAL LIFE                             Company NML Variable Annuity Account A
[LETTERHEAD]

BACK LOAD CONTRACT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                ANNUAL EXPENSES AS A PERCENTAGE OF ASSETS
                                                                     Total                    EXAMPLES: **
                                                Total Annual         Annual       Total       Total Annual Charges At End of
                                             Insurance Charges     Portfolio      Annual
Portfolio                                                           Charges      Expenses     1 Year          10 Years
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                        <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.
  Small Cap Growth Stock                   1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       1.00%       2.51%            $105          $285
  Aggressive Growth Stock                  1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.51%       2.02%            $101          $236
  International Equity                     1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.74%       2.25%            $103          $259
  Index 400 Stock                          1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.35%       1.86%             $96          $216
  Growth Stock                             1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.43%       1.94%            $100          $227
  Growth and Income Stock                  1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.57%       2.08%            $101          $242
  Index 500 Stock                          1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.20%       1.71%             $97          $203
  Balanced                                 1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.30%       1.81%             $98          $213
  High Yield Bond                          1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.50%       2.01%            $100          $234
  Select Bond                              1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.30%       1.81%             $98          $213
  Money Market                             1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.30%       1.81%             $98          $213
Russell Insurance Funds
  Multi-Style Equity                       1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.92%       2.43%            $105          $277
  Aggressive Equity                        1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       1.25%       2.76%            $108          $310
  Non-U.S.                                 1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       1.30%       2.81%            $108          $314
  Real Estate Securities                   1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       1.15%       2.66%            $107          $300
  Core Bond                                1.51% (1.25% + 0.26%)       0.80%       2.31%            $103          $265
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

**TOTAL ANNUAL INSURANCE CHARGES INCLUDE THE INSURANCE CHARGES OF 1.25% PLUS
0.26% OF THE ASSETS TO REFLECT THE $30 CONTRACT FEE, BASED ON ACTUAL CONTRACT
FEES COLLECTED DIVIDED BY AVERAGE ASSETS OF THE SUB-ACCOUNT. THE ACTUAL IMPACT
OF THE CONTRACT FEE MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN 0.26%, DEPENDING UPON THE VALUE
OF YOUR CONTRACT.

6. TAXES As a general rule, earnings on your Contract are not taxed until they
are withdrawn or taken as monthly annuity payments. A 10% federal tax penalty
may apply if you make withdrawals from the Contract before the employee reaches
age 59 1/2.

7. ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY You may take money out of your Contract at any time
before monthly annuity payments begin. For the Front Load Contract there is no
charge for withdrawals. For the Back Load Contract there is a withdrawal charge
of 6% or less, depending on how much money has been paid into the Contract and
how long it has been held there. Each purchase payment has its own withdrawal
charge period. When you make a withdrawal, we use the amounts that produce the
lowest withdrawal charge. After the first year, 10% of the Contract value on the
prior anniversary may be withdrawn without a withdrawal charge if the Contract
value is at least $10,000. For both Front Load and Back Load Contracts, you may
also have to pay income tax and a tax penalty on amounts you take out.

8. PERFORMANCE The value of your Contract will vary up or down reflecting the
performance of the investment portfolios you select. The chart below shows total
returns for each of the investment portfolios that was in operation, and used
with the Account, during the years shown. These numbers, for the Front Load
Contract and the Back Load Contract, reflect the asset-based charges for
mortality and expense risks, the annual Contract fees and investment expenses
for each portfolio. The numbers include the annual Contract fee in the amount of
0.02% for the Front Load Contract and 0.26% for the Back Load Contract. The
numbers do not reflect deductions from purchase payments for the Front Load
Contract or any withdrawal charge for the Back Load Contract. Those charges, if
applied, would reduce the performance. Past performance does not guarantee
future results.


                                  PROFILE - iii
<PAGE>   7
NORTHWESTERN           PROFILE          The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
MUTUAL LIFE                             Company NML Variable Annuity Account A
                                  [LETTERHEAD]

                                   PERFORMANCE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FRONT LOAD CONTRACT
                                                                     CALENDAR YEAR
PORTFOLIO                     1999     1998      1997      1996     1995      1994      1993     1992      1991      1990
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Northwestern Mutual Series
Fund, Inc.
  Small Cap Growth Stock*     85.61      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA      NA        NA        NA
  Aggressive Growth Stock     43.18     7.10     13.39     17.20   38.71      4.96     18.61    5.50      55.07      NA
  International Equity        22.38     4.38     11.81     20.50   14.09     -0.52       NA      NA        NA        NA
  Index 400 Stock*            12.53      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA      NA        NA        NA
  Growth Stock                21.98    26.16     29.31     20.40   30.27       NA        NA      NA        NA        NA
  Growth and Income Stock      7.03    22.62     29.48     19.46   30.57       NA        NA      NA        NA        NA
  Index 500 Stock             20.40    28.18     32.64     22.23   36.68      0.77      9.31    6.81      29.02      NA
  Balanced                    10.73    18.38     21.01     12.97   25.86     -0.44      9.12    4.88      23.42     0.62
  High Yield Bond             -0.88    -2.26     15.36     19.26   16.29       NA        NA      NA        NA        NA
  Select Bond                 -1.44     6.62      9.00      2.88   18.60     -3.24      9.87    6.54      16.39     7.87
  Money Market                 4.66     4.98      5.03      4.84    5.38      3.62      2.42    2.91       5.25     7.58
Russell Insurance Funds
  Multi-Style Equity*          7.31      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA      NA        NA        NA
  Aggressive Equity*          10.62      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA      NA        NA        NA
  Non-U.S.*                   25.01      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA      NA        NA        NA
  Real Estate Securities*     -7.51      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA      NA        NA        NA
  Core Bond*                  -1.13      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA      NA        NA        NA
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

BACK LOAD CONTRACT
                                                                     CALENDAR YEAR
PORTFOLIO                     1999     1998      1997      1996     1995      1994      1993     1992      1991      1990
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Northwestern Mutual Series
Fund, Inc.
  Small Cap Growth Stock*     84.56      NA       NA        NA       NA        NA        NA       NA        NA        NA
  Aggressive Growth Stock     41.63     5.95     12.16     15.93    37.21     3.83      17.33    4.36      53.66      NA
  International Equity        21.06     3.25     10.60     19.19    12.86    -1.59       NA       NA        NA        NA
  Index 400 Stock*            11.89      NA       NA        NA       NA        NA        NA       NA        NA        NA
  Growth Stock                20.66    24.79     27.91     19.09    28.87      NA        NA       NA        NA        NA
  Growth and Income Stock      5.87    21.29     28.08     18.16    29.16      NA        NA       NA        NA        NA
  Index 500 Stock             19.10    26.80     31.21     20.90    35.20    -0.32       8.13    5.65      27.61      NA
  Balanced                     9.54    17.10     19.70     11.74    24.50    -1.51       7.94    3.74      22.08    -0.49
  High Yield Bond             -1.95    -3.31     14.12     17.97    15.03      NA        NA       NA        NA        NA
  Select Bond                 -2.50     5.47      7.83      1.76    17.32    -4.29       8.68    5.38      15.13     6.70
  Money Market                 3.53     3.85      3.89      3.70     4.24     2.50       1.31    1.79       4.11     6.41
Russell Insurance Funds
  Multi-Style Equity*          6.70      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA       NA       NA         NA
  Aggressive Equity*           9.99      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA       NA       NA         NA
  Non-U.S.*                   24.30      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA       NA       NA         NA
  Real Estate Securities*     -8.03      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA       NA       NA         NA
  Core Bond*                  -1.69      NA       NA        NA      NA         NA        NA       NA       NA         NA
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*FROM COMMENCEMENT OF OPERATIONS ON APRIL 30, 1999 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1999.

9. DEATH BENEFIT If you die before age 75, and before monthly annuity payments
begin, your beneficiary will receive a death benefit. The amount will be the
value of your Contract or, if greater, the amount you have paid in. We offer an
enhanced death benefit at extra cost. We increase the enhanced death benefit on
each Contract anniversary, up to age 80, if the Contract value has increased.
The death benefit may be adjusted, of course, for any withdrawals you have made.
The death benefit will be paid as a lump sum or your beneficiary may select a
monthly annuity payment plan, or the Contract may be continued in force with a
contingent annuitant.

                                  PROFILE - iv
<PAGE>   8

NORTHWESTERN           PROFILE          The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
MUTUAL LIFE                             Company NML Variable Annuity Account A


                                  [LETTERHEAD]

10.  OTHER INFORMATION

FREE LOOK. If you return the Contract within ten days after you receive it (or
whatever period is required in your state), we will send your money back. There
is no charge for our expenses but the amount you receive may be more or less
than what you paid, based on actual investment experience following the date we
received your purchase payment.

AVOID PROBATE. In most cases, when you die, your beneficiary will receive the
full death benefit of your Contract without going through probate.

AUTOMATIC DOLLAR-COST AVERAGING. With our Dollar-Cost Averaging Plan, you can
arrange to have a regular amount of money ($100 minimum) automatically
transferred from the Money Market Portfolio into the portfolio or portfolios you
have chosen on a monthly or quarterly basis.

ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT). Another convenient way to invest using the
dollar-cost averaging approach is through our EFT Plan. These automatic
checkbook withdrawals allow you to add to your portfolio(s) on a regular monthly
basis through payments drawn directly on your checking account.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN. You can arrange to have regular amounts of money
sent to you while your Contract is still in the accumulation phase. Our
Systematic Withdrawal Plan allows you to automatically redeem accumulation units
to generate monthly payments. Of course you may have to pay taxes on amounts you
receive.

AUTOMATIC REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. You can arrange for annual required
minimum distributions to be sent to you automatically once you turn age 70 1/2.

DIVIDENDS. We are paying dividends on approximately 18% of our inforce variable
annuity contracts in 1999, primarily older, larger contracts. The dividends
arise principally as a result of more favorable expense results than assumed in
determining deductions on these contracts.

PORTFOLIO REBALANCING. To help you maintain your asset allocation plan over time
we offer a rebalancing service. This will automatically readjust your current
investment option allocations, on a periodic basis, back to the allocation
percentages you have selected.

INTEREST SWEEPS. If you select this service we will automatically sweep or
transfer interest from the Guaranteed Interest Fund to any combination of
variable investment options. Interest earnings can be swept monthly, quarterly,
semi-annually or annually.

NML EXPRESS. 1-800-519-4NML (1-800-519-4665). Get up-to-date information about
your contract at your convenience with your contract number and your Personal
Identification Number (PIN). Call toll-free to review contract values and unit
values, transfer among portfolios, change the allocation and obtain fund
performance information.

INTERNET. For information about Northwestern Mutual Life, visit us on our
Website. Included are daily unit values, fund performance information and access
to current values for Contracts you own.

                           WWW.NORTHWESTERNMUTUAL.COM

11. INQUIRIES If you need more information, please contact us at:

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, 720 EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE,
MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202; (414) 271-1444.


                                   PROFILE-v
<PAGE>   9

P R O S P E C T U S


NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A


This prospectus describes individual variable annuity contracts (the
"Contracts") offered by The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
("Northwestern Mutual Life") to provide retirement annuity benefits for
self-employed individuals (and their eligible employees) who adopt plans meeting
the requirements of Sections 401 or 403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended. These plans, popularly called HR-10 Plans, afford certain federal
income tax benefits to employers and to employees and their beneficiaries.

We use NML Variable Annuity Account A (the "Account") to keep the money you
invest separate from our general assets. The money in the Account is invested in
the eleven portfolios of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and the five
Russell Insurance Funds. You select the Portfolios or Funds in which you want to
invest. The Account has 16 Divisions that correspond to the 11 Portfolios and 5
Funds in which you may invest. The Contracts also permit you to invest on a
fixed basis, at rates that we determine. This prospectus describes only the
Account and the variable provisions of the Contracts except where there are
specific references to the fixed provisions.

We offer two versions of the Contracts: Front Load Contracts and Back Load
Contracts. See the Expense table on page 3 and the Deductions section, beginning
on page 18.


This prospectus is a concise description of the information you should know
before you buy a Contract. We have filed additional information about the
Contracts with the Securities and Exchange Commission in a Statement of
Additional Information. We incorporate the Statement of Additional Information
into this prospectus by reference. We will send you the Statement of Additional
Information without charge if you write to The Northwestern Mutual Life
Insurance Company, 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53202, or
call us at Telephone Number (414) 271-1444. You will find the table of contents
for the Statement of Additional Information following page 21 of this
prospectus.

This prospectus is valid only when accompanied by the current prospectuses for
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and Russell Insurance Funds which are
attached to this prospectus. You should retain this prospectus for future
reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to
the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information is March
31, 2000.

                                       1
<PAGE>   10



CONTENTS FOR THIS PROSPECTUS

                                              PAGE
                                              ----

PROSPECTUS......................................1
    NML Variable Annuity Account A..............1
INDEX OF SPECIAL TERMS..........................3
EXPENSE TABLE...................................3
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES........................6
THE COMPANY....................................11
NML VARIABLE ANNUITY
   ACCOUNT A...................................11
THE FUNDS......................................11
THE CONTRACTS..................................12
    Purchase Payments Under the Contracts......12
      Amount and Frequency.....................12
      Application of Purchase Payments.........12
    Net Investment Factor......................13
    Benefits Provided Under the Contracts......13
      Withdrawal Amount........................13
      Death Benefit............................13
      Maturity Benefit.........................14
    Variable Payment Plans.....................14
      Description of Payment Plans.............14
      Amount of Annuity Payments...............14
      Assumed Investment Rate..................14
    Additional Information.....................15
      Transfers Between Divisions and
        Payment Plans..........................15
      Gender-Based Annuity Payment Rates.......15
      Owners of the Contracts..................15
      Deferment of Benefit Payments............15
      Dividends................................15
      Substitution and Change..................16
      Fixed Annuity Payment Plans..............16
      Financial Statements.....................16
THE GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND...................16
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES...........................17
    Contribution Limits........................17
    Taxation of Contract Benefits..............17
    Minimum Distribution Requirements..........17
    Taxation of Northwestern Mutual Life.......18
DEDUCTIONS.....................................18
    Sales Load.................................18
    Mortality Rate and Expense Risk Charges....18
    Contract Fee...............................19
    Withdrawal Charge..........................19
    Enhanced Death Benefit Charge..............19
    Premium Taxes..............................19
    Expenses for the Portfolios and Funds......19
    Contracts Issued Prior to March 31, 2000...20
    Contracts Issued Prior to March 31, 1995...20
    Contracts Issued Prior to
      December 17, 1981........................20
    Dividends for Contracts Issued Prior to
      March 31, 2000...........................20
    Reduced Charges for Exchange
      Transactions.............................20

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS..................21


                   THE TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF
                   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION APPEARS ON THE PAGE
                      FOLLOWING PAGE 21 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                       2
<PAGE>   11



INDEX OF SPECIAL TERMS
The following special terms used in this prospectus are discussed at the pages
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                               PAGE    TERM                                             PAGE
- ----                                               ----    ----                                             ----
<S>                                                <C>     <C>                                              <C>
ACCUMULATION UNIT...................................12     ANNUITANT.........................................15
ANNUITY (or ANNUITY PAYMENTS).......................14     MATURITY DATE.....................................14
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR...............................13     OWNER.............................................15
PAYMENT PLANS.......................................14     WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT.................................13
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


EXPENSE TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FRONT LOAD CONTRACT                                          ANNUAL EXPENSES OF THE ACCOUNT
TRANSACTION EXPENSES FOR CONTRACTOWNERS                       (AS A PERCENTAGE OF ASSETS)
- ---------------------------------------                      ----------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>
Maximum Sales Load (as a percentage                          Mortality and Expense Risk Fees................0.50%
of purchase payments)..........................4.5%          Other Expenses.................................None
                                                                                                            ----
Withdrawal Charge..............................None          Total Separate Account Annual Expenses.........0.50%

                                                             ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE
                                                             -------------------
                                                             $30; waived if the Contract Value equals or exceeds
                                                             $25,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BACK LOAD CONTRACT                                           ANNUAL EXPENSES OF THE ACCOUNT
TRANSACTION EXPENSES FOR CONTRACTOWNERS                       (AS A PERCENTAGE OF ASSETS)
- ---------------------------------------                      ----------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>
Sales Load (as a percentage of purchase                      Mortality and Expense Risk Fees................1.25%
payments)......................................None          Other Expenses.................................None
                                                                                                            ----
Withdrawal Charge for Sales Expenses                         Total Separate Account Annual Expenses.........1.25%
(as a percentage of amounts paid)..............0%-6%
                                                             ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE
                                                             -------------------
                                                             $30; waived if the Contract Value equals or exceeds
                                                             $25,000
</TABLE>


ANNUAL EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND FUNDS
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE ASSETS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            TOTAL ANNUAL
                                                                                              EXPENSES
                                                    MANAGEMENT FEES         OTHER          (AFTER EXPENSE
                                                  (AFTER FEE WAIVER)       EXPENSES        REIMBURSEMENT)
                                                  ------------------       --------        --------------
<S>                                                    <C>                  <C>                <C>
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.
- -------------------------------------
   Small Cap Growth Stock                               0.79%                0.21%              1.00%
   Aggressive Growth Stock                              0.51%                0.00%              0.51%
   International Equity                                 0.67%                0.07%              0.74%
   Index 400 Stock                                      0.25%                0.10%              0.35%
   Growth Stock                                         0.43%                0.00%              0.43%
   Growth and Income Stock                              0.57%                0.00%              0.57%
   Index 500 Stock                                      0.20%                0.00%              0.20%
   Balanced                                             0.30%                0.00%              0.30%
   High Yield Bond                                      0.49%                0.01%              0.50%
   Select Bond                                          0.30%                0.00%              0.30%
   Money Market                                         0.30%                0.00%              0.30%
Russell Insurance Funds*
- ------------------------
   Multi-Style Equity                                   0.49%                0.43%              0.92%
   Aggressive Equity                                    0.53%                0.72%              1.25%
   Non-U.S.                                             0.00%                1.30%              1.30%
   Real Estate Securities                               0.85%                0.30%              1.15%
   Core Bond                                            0.12%                0.68%              0.80%
- -------------------------------------
</TABLE>

* For the Russell Insurance Funds, the adviser has voluntarily agreed to waive a
portion of the management fee, up to the full amount of the fee, equal to the
amount by which the Fund's total operating expenses exceed the amounts shown
above under "Total Annual Expenses (After Expense Reimbursement)". The adviser
has also agreed to reimburse the Fund for all remaining expenses after fee
waivers which exceed the amounts shown above under that heading. Absent the fee
waiver and expense reimbursement, the management fees and total annual expenses
would be 0.78% and 0.93% for the Multi-Style Equity Fund; 0.95% and 1.34% for
the Aggressive Equity Fund; 0.95% and 1.50% for the Non-U.S. Fund; 0.85% and
1.15% for the Real Estate Securities Fund; and 0.60% and 0.85% for the Core Bond
Fund.


                                      3

<PAGE>   12


EXAMPLE

FRONT LOAD CONTRACT - You would pay the following expenses on each $1,000
investment, assuming 5% annual return:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1 YEAR            3 YEARS             5 YEARS           10 YEARS
                                                      ------            -------             -------           --------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.
- -------------------------------------
   Small Cap Growth Stock                              $54                $83                $115               $203
   Aggressive Growth Stock                             $49                $68                $ 89               $150
   International Equity                                $51                $75                $101               $175
   Index 400 Stock                                     $48                $64                $ 81               $132
   Growth Stock                                        $48                $66                $ 85               $141
   Growth and Income Stock                             $50                $70                $ 93               $157
   Index 500 Stock                                     $46                $59                $ 73               $114
   Balanced                                            $47                $62                $ 78               $126
   High Yield Bond                                     $49                $68                $ 89               $149
   Select Bond                                         $47                $62                $ 78               $126
   Money Market                                        $47                $62                $ 78               $126
Russell Insurance Funds
- -----------------------
   Multi-Style Equity                                  $53                $81                $111               $195
   Aggressive Equity                                   $56                $91                $127               $230
   Non-U.S.                                            $57                $92                $130               $235
   Real Estate Securities                              $55                $88                $122               $219
   Core Bond                                           $52                $77                $104               $182
</TABLE>

NOTE: THE MINIMUM INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT FOR A FRONT-LOAD CONTRACT IS $10,000.
YOU MUST MULTIPLY THE NUMBERS ABOVE BY 10 TO FIND THE EXPENSES FOR A FRONT-LOAD
CONTRACT OF MINIMUM SIZE.

EXAMPLE

BACK LOAD CONTRACT - You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000
investment, assuming (1) 5% annual return and (2) surrender just prior to the
end of each time period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1 YEAR            3 YEARS          5 YEARS          10 YEARS
                                                      ------            -------          -------          --------
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.
- -------------------------------------
   Small Cap Growth Stock                              $105              $138             $174              $285
   Aggressive Growth Stock                             $101              $124             $149              $236
   International Equity                                $103              $131             $161              $259
   Index 400 Stock                                     $ 96              $116             $138              $216
   Growth Stock                                        $100              $121             $145              $227
   Growth and Income Stock                             $101              $125             $152              $242
   Index 500 Stock                                     $ 97              $114             $133              $203
   Balanced                                            $ 98              $117             $138              $213
   High Yield Bond                                     $100              $123             $149              $234
   Select Bond                                         $ 98              $117             $138              $213
   Money Market                                        $ 98              $117             $138              $213
Russell Insurance Funds
- -----------------------
   Multi-Style Equity                                  $105              $136             $170              $277
   Aggressive Equity                                   $108              $146             $186              $310
   Non-U.S.                                            $108              $147             $189              $314
   Real Estate Securities                              $107              $143             $181              $300
   Core Bond                                           $103              $132             $164              $265
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>   13
You would pay the following expenses on the same $1,000 investment, assuming no
surrender or annuitization:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1 YEAR            3 YEARS        5 YEARS          10 YEARS
                                                        ------            -------        -------          --------
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.
   Small Cap Growth Stock                                 $25               $78            $134             $285
   Aggressive Growth Stock                                $21               $64            $109             $236
   International Equity                                   $23               $71            $121             $259
   Index 400 Stock                                        $16               $56            $ 98             $216
   Growth Stock                                           $20               $61            $105             $227
   Growth and Income Stock                                $21               $65            $112             $242
   Index 500 Stock                                        $17               $54            $ 93             $203
   Balanced                                               $18               $57            $ 98             $213
   High Yield Bond                                        $20               $63            $109             $234
   Select Bond                                            $18               $57            $ 98             $213
   Money Market                                           $18               $57            $ 98             $213
Russell Insurance Funds
   Multi-Style Equity                                     $25               $76            $130             $277
   Aggressive Equity                                      $28               $86            $146             $310
   Non-U.S.                                               $28               $87            $149             $314
   Real Estate Securities                                 $27               $83            $141             $300
   Core Bond                                              $23               $72            $124             $265
</TABLE>


The purpose of the table above is to assist a Contract Owner in understanding
the expenses paid by the Account and the Portfolios and Funds and borne by
investors in the Contracts. The sales load for a Front Load Contract depends on
the amount of cumulative purchase payments. For the Back Load Contract the
mortality and expense risk charge and the withdrawal charge depend on the length
of time funds have been held under the Contract and the amounts held. The table
shows the maximum charges. The $30 annual Contract fee is reflected as 0.02% for
the Front Load Contract and 0.26% for the Back Load Contract based on the annual
Contract fees collected divided by the average assets of the Division. The
Contracts provide for charges for transfers between the Divisions of the Account
and for premium taxes, but we are not currently making such charges. See
"Transfers Between Divisions and Payment Plans", p. 15 and "Deductions", p. 18,
for additional information about expenses for the Contracts. The expenses shown
in the table for the Portfolios and Funds show the annual expenses for each, as
a percentage of their average net assets, based on 1999 operations for the
Portfolios and their predecessors and the Funds. Expenses for each of the
Russell Insurance Funds reflect fee waivers and expense reimbursements that the
Funds' adviser has voluntarily agreed to make for the year 2000. These may be
changed at any time without notice. Absent the fee waivers and expense
reimbursements the expenses would be higher. See the disclosure at the bottom of
page 3. For additional information about expenses of the Portfolios and Funds,
see the prospectuses for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and the Russell
Insurance Funds attached to this prospectus.

The example should not be considered a representation of past or future
expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown, subject to
the guarantees of the Contracts.

The tables on the following pages present the accumulation unit values for
Contracts issued prior to the date of this prospectus. The Contracts issued
prior to the date of this prospectus are different in certain material respects
from Contracts offered currently. The values shown below for Back Load Contracts
issued on or after December 17, 1981 and prior to March 31, 2000 are calculated
on the same basis as those for the Class B Accumulation Units for the Back Load
Contracts described in this prospectus.

                                       5
<PAGE>   14
     ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
     CONTRACTS ISSUED ON OR AFTER MARCH 31, 1995 AND PRIOR TO MARCH 31, 2000


     NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       FOR YEARS ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31                            FOR THE NINE
                                   -------------------------------------------------------       MONTHS ENDED
                                      1999            1998          1997           1996         DEC. 31, 1995
                                   ----------      ---------     ----------     ----------      -------------

<S>                                <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
SMALL CAP GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period*              $    1.000              --            --             --                 --
 End of Period                     $    1.856              --            --             --                 --
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period*              $    1.000              --            --             --                 --
 End of Period                     $    1.846              --            --             --                 --
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                           149,996              --            --             --                 --
 Back Load                            481,140              --            --             --                 --

AGGRESSIVE GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $    1.859      $   1.735     $    1.530     $    1.305      $       1.000
 End of Period                     $    2.662      $   1.859     $    1.735     $    1.530      $       1.305
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $    3.808      $   3.585     $    3.188     $    2.743      $       2.115
 End of Period                     $    5.408      $   3.808     $    3.585     $    3.188      $       2.743
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                         1,185,824       1,195,051       832,513        568,732            255,895
 Back Load                          3,585,337       3,703,653     2,962,218      1,734,023            407,729

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $    1.605      $    1.537    $    1.374     $    1.140      $       1.000
 End of Period                     $    1.964      $    1.605    $    1.537     $    1.374      $       1.140
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $    1.893      $    1.829    $    1.649     $    1.380      $       1.218
 End of Period                     $    2.298      $    1.893    $    1.829     $    1.649      $       1.380
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                           727,940         669,024       575,775        286,469             32,573
 Back Load                          3,063,127       3,028,502     2,488,184      1,281,128            374,986

INDEX 400 STOCK DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period*              $    1.000              --            --             --                 --
 End of Period                     $    1.125              --            --             --                 --
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period*              $    1.000              --            --             --                 --
 End of Period                     $    1.119              --            --             --                 --
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                           162,971              --            --             --                 --
 Back Load                            388,194              --            --             --                 --

GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $    2.375      $    1.883    $    1.456     $    1.209      $       1.000
 End of Period                     $    2.898      $    2.375    $    1.883     $    1.456      $       1.209
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $    2.491      $    1.991    $    1.552     $    1.300      $       1.082
 End of Period                     $    3.013      $    2.491    $    1.991     $    1.552      $       1.300
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                           613,097         447,934       422,029        257,158            103,292
 Back Load                          3,381,484       2,761,432     1,870,296        922,390            227,218

GROWTH AND INCOME STOCK DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $    2.271      $    1.852    $    1.430     $    1.197      $       1.000
 End of Period                     $    2.431      $    2.271    $    1.852     $    1.430      $       1.197
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $    2.382      $    1.959    $    1.525     $    1.287      $       1.083
 End of Period                     $    2.528      $    2.382    $    1.959     $    1.525      $       1.287
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                           757,434         736,836       540,977        208,323            114,414
 Back Load                          3,306,924       3,046,517     1,940,827      1,215,721            310,321

<CAPTION>
                                                       FOR YEARS ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31                            FOR THE NINE
                                   -------------------------------------------------------       MONTHS ENDED
                                      1999            1998          1997           1996         DEC. 31, 1995
                                   ----------      ---------     ----------     ----------      -------------
<S>                                <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
INDEX 500 STOCK DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $     2.597     $    2.026    $    1.527     $    1.249      $       1.000
 End of Period                     $     3.128     $    2.597    $    2.026     $    1.527      $       1.249
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $     4.037     $    3.175    $    2.414     $    1.991      $       1.604
 End of Period                     $     4.820     $    4.037    $    3.175     $    2.414      $       1.991
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                          1,247,611      1,057,935       690,248        454,096            278,235
 Back Load                           5,417,756      4,504,322     3,279,176      1,970,961            471,752

BALANCED DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $     1.912     $    1.615    $    1.334     $    1.181      $       1.000
 End of Period                     $     2.118     $    1.912    $    1.615     $    1.334      $       1.181
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $     6.771     $    5.768    $    4.806     $    4.290      $       3.655
 End of Period                     $     7.436     $    6.771    $    5.768     $    4.806      $       4.290
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                          1,800,477      1,768,955     1,296,330        786,271            164,302
 Back Load                           2,897,246      2,565,265     2,109,606      1,347,427            372,457

HIGH YIELD BOND DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $     1.496     $    1.530    $    1.326     $    1.112      $       1.000
 End of Period                     $     1.483     $    1.496    $    1.530     $    1.326      $       1.112
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $     1.546     $    1.595    $    1.394     $    1.178      $       1.067
End of Period                      $     1.520     $    1.546    $    1.595     $    1.394      $       1.178
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                            380,690        400,132        95,718         55,625                 --
 Back Load                           1,174,446      1,400,604       967,118        572,121            138,470

SELECT BOND DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $     1.350     $    1.266    $    1.161     $    1.129      $       1.000
 End of Period                     $     1.331     $    1.350    $    1.266     $    1.161      $       1.129
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $     7.088     $    6.703    $    6.201     $    6.078      $       5.419
 End of Period                     $     6.929     $    7.088    $    6.703     $    6.201      $       6.078
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                            214,565        159,609        72,941         38,713             26,732
 Back Load                             364,139        368,314       271,027        182,907             50,828

MONEY MARKET DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $     1.203     $    1.146    $    1.091     $    1.040      $       1.000
 End of Period                     $     1.259     $    1.203    $    1.146     $    1.091      $       1.040
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period               $     2.431     $    2.335    $    2.241     $    2.156      $       2.086
 End of Period                     $     2.523     $    2.431    $    2.335     $    2.241      $       2.156
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                          1,980,615      1,564,597     1,439,686      1,843,605            327,441
 Back Load                           1,892,502      1,515,128     1,081,227      1,123,081            379,473
</TABLE>


* The initial investments in the Small Cap Growth Stock Division and Index 400
Stock Division were made on April 30, 1999. **The initial investment was made on
April 30, 1999.

                                       6
<PAGE>   15
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
(CONTINUED)

RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED                                        FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED
                                     --------------------------                                        --------------------------
                                              DECEMBER 31                                                     DECEMBER 31
                                              -----------                                                     -----------
                                                1999                                                             1999
                                                ----                                                             ----
<S>                                            <C>                                                            <C>
     MULTI-STYLE EQUITY DIVISION                                    REAL ESTATE SECURITIES DIVISION
     Front Load Version                                             Front Load Version
      Beginning of Period*                     $  1.000              Beginning of Period*                     $ 1.000
      End of Period                            $  1.073              End of Period                            $  .925
     Back Load Version                                              Back Load Version
      Beginning of Period*                     $  1.000              Beginning of Period*                     $ 1.000
      End of Period                            $  1.067              End of Period                            $  .920
     Number of Units                                                Number of Units
     Outstanding, End of Period                                     Outstanding, End of Period
      Front Load                                321,514              Front Load                                19,288
      Back Load                                 535,268              Back Load                                 88,176

     AGGRESSIVE EQUITY DIVISION                                     CORE BOND DIVISION
     Front Load Version                                             Front Load Version
      Beginning of Period*                     $  1.000              Beginning of Period*                     $ 1.000
      End of Period                            $  1.106              End of Period                            $  .989
     Back Load Version                                              Back Load Version
      Beginning of Period*                     $  1.000              Beginning of Period*                     $ 1.000
      End of Period                            $  1.100              End of Period                            $  .983
     Number of Units                                                Number of Units
     Outstanding, End of Period                                     Outstanding, End of Period
      Front Load                                 87,678              Front Load                                26,817
      Back Load                                 182,385              Back Load                                 93,910

     NON-U.S. DIVISION
     Front Load Version
      Beginning of Period*                     $  1.000
      End of Period                            $  1.250
     Back Load Version
      Beginning of Period*                     $  1.000
      End of Period                            $  1.243
     Number of Units
     Outstanding, End of Period
      Front Load                                 81,105
      Back Load                                 205,407
</TABLE>


*The initial investment was made on April 30, 1999.

                                       7
<PAGE>   16
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
CONTRACTS ISSUED AFTER DECEMBER 16, 1981 AND PRIOR TO MARCH 31, 1995

NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              1999          1998          1997          1996          1995          1994          1993
                              ----          ----          ----          ----          ----          ----          ----
<S>                       <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
SMALL CAP GROWTH STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period#    $     1.000            --            --            --            --            --            --
  End of Period           $     1.846            --            --            --            --            --            --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   1,898,627            --            --            --            --            --            --


AGGRESSIVE GROWTH
 STOCK DIVISION
  Beginning of Period*    $     3.808   $     3.585   $     3.188   $     2.743   $     1.994   $     1.915   $     1.628
  End of Period           $     5.408   $     3.808   $     3.585   $     3.188   $     2.743   $     1.994   $     1.915
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                  14,666,263    18,213,135    20,861,309    21,479,837    19,083,707    17,290,856    11,319,698


INTERNATIONAL EQUITY
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period**   $     1.893   $     1.829   $     1.649   $     1.380   $     1.220   $     1.236   $     1.000
  End of Period           $     2.298   $     1.893   $     1.829   $     1.649   $     1.380   $     1.220   $     1.236
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                  15,307,814    19,261,448    22,910,908    22,132,206    21,338,267    21,538,113     8,548,091


INDEX 400 STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period#    $     1.000            --            --            --            --            --            --
  End of Period           $     1.119            --            --            --            --            --            --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   1,241,398            --            --            --            --            --            --


GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+    $     2.491   $     1.991   $     1.552   $     1.300   $     1.006   $     1.000            --
  End of Period           $     3.013   $     2.491   $     1.991   $     1.552   $     1.300   $     1.006            --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   8,576,102     7,215,894     6,045,075     4,845,965     2,970,905     1,311,686            --


GROWTH AND INCOME STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+    $     2.382   $     1.959   $     1.525   $     1.287   $     0.994   $     1.000            --
  End of Period           $     2.528   $     2.382   $     1.959   $     1.525   $     1.287   $     0.994            --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   9,502,862    10,866,893     8,963,724     7,054,484     5,605,215     3,129,287            --


INDEX 500 STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period*    $     4.037   $     3.175   $     2.414   $     1.991   $     1.469   $     1.470   $     1.356
  End of Period           $     4.820   $     4.037   $     3.175   $     2.414   $     1.991   $     1.469   $     1.470
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                  20,900,522    21,467,931    21,531,879    20,092,060    18,961,291    17,624,809    16,051,619


BALANCED DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     6.771   $     5.768   $     4.806   $     4.290   $     3.436   $     3.480   $     3.216
  End of Period           $     7.436   $     6.771   $     5.768   $     4.806   $     4.290   $     3.436   $     3.480
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                  35,440,432    40,487,926    44,638,127    48,457,793    52,575,295    59,200,252    63,940,609


HIGH YIELD BOND
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+    $     1.546   $     1.595   $     1.394   $     1.178   $     1.022   $     1.000            --
  End of Period           $     1.520   $     1.546   $     1.595   $     1.394   $     1.178   $     1.022            --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   2,904,325     3,974,656     3,770,055     2,456,295     1,609,770     1,215,989            --


SELECT BOND DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     7.088   $     6.703   $     6.201   $     6.078   $     5.167   $     5.384   $     4.941
  End of Period           $     6.929   $     7.088   $     6.703   $     6.201   $     6.078   $     5.167   $     5.384
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   1,914,749     2,171,879     2,252,704     2,691,481     2,778,441     2,923,557     2,937,137


MONEY MARKET DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     2.431   $     2.335   $     2.241   $     2.156   $     2.063   $     2.007   $     1.976
  End of Period           $     2.523   $     2.431   $     2.335   $     2.241   $     2.156   $     2.063   $     2.007
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   7,329,873     6,699,739     6,270,333     7,029,739     7,896,022     8,608,326     7,614,186



<CAPTION>




                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                          ---------------------------------------
                               1992          1991         1990
                               ----          ----         ----
                          <C>           <C>           <C>
SMALL CAP GROWTH STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period#             --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                          --            --           --


AGGRESSIVE GROWTH
 STOCK DIVISION
  Beginning of Period*    $     1.556   $     1.010   $    1.000
  End of Period           $     1.628   $     1.556   $    1.010
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   7,939,571     3,208,965       81,406


INTERNATIONAL EQUITY
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period**            --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                          --            --           --


INDEX 400 STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period#             --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                          --            --           --


GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+             --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                          --            --           --


GROWTH AND INCOME STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+             --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                          --            --           --


INDEX 500 STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period*    $     1.280   $     1.000   $    1.000
  End of Period           $     1.356   $     1.280   $    1.000
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   4,774,008     2,593,051       30,451


BALANCED DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     3.092   $     2.526   $    2.531
  End of Period           $     3.216   $     3.092   $    2.526
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                  62,756,051    59,013,265    8,632,612


HIGH YIELD BOND
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+             --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                          --            --           --


SELECT BOND DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     4.677   $     4.052   $    3.787
  End of Period           $     4.941   $     4.677   $    4.052
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   2,667,880     2,087,901    1,970,476


MONEY MARKET DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     1.936   $     1.855   $    1.739
  End of Period           $     1.976   $     1.936   $    1.855
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   8,478,941     9,098,558   10,506,714

</TABLE>


#  The initial investments in the Small Cap Growth Stock Division and Index 400
   Stock Division were made on April 30, 1999.
*  The initial investments in the Aggressive Growth Stock Division and Index 500
   Stock Division were made on December 12, 1990.
** The initial investment in the International Equity Division was made on
   April 30, 1993.
+  The initial investments in the Growth Stock Division, Growth and Income Stock
   Division, and High Yield Bond Division were made on May 3, 1994


                                       8
<PAGE>   17




ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
(CONTINUED)

RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED                                    FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED
                                       DECEMBER 31                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                          1999                                                           1999
                                          ----                                                           ----
<S>                                    <C>                         <C>                                 <C>
     MULTI-STYLE EQUITY DIVISION                                   REAL ESTATE SECURITIES DIVISION
       Beginning of Period*           $     1.000                    Beginning of Period*              $  1.000
       End of Period                  $     1.067                    End of Period                     $   .920
     Number of Units                                               Number of Units
       Outstanding, End of Period       1,475,825                    Outstanding, End of Period         248,726

     AGGRESSIVE EQUITY DIVISION                                    CORE BOND DIVISION
       Beginning of Period*           $     1.000                    Beginning of Period*              $  1.000
       End of Period                  $     1.100                    End of Period                     $   .983
     Number of Units                                               Number of Units
       Outstanding, End of Period         760,721                    Outstanding, End of Period         580,967

     NON-U.S. DIVISION
       Beginning of Period*           $     1.000
       End of Period                  $     1.243
     Number of Units
       Outstanding, End of Period         813,542

</TABLE>


*The initial investment was made on April 30, 1999.




                                       9
<PAGE>   18




ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
CONTRACTS ISSUED PRIOR TO DECEMBER 17, 1981

NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              1999          1998          1997          1996          1995          1994          1993
                              ----          ----          ----          ----          ----          ----          ----
<S>                       <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
SMALL CAP GROWTH STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period#    $     1.000            --            --            --            --            --            --
  End of Period           $     1.852            --            --            --            --            --            --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                      95,329            --            --            --            --            --            --


AGGRESSIVE GROWTH STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period*    $     3.965   $     3.714   $     3.286   $     2.813   $     2.035   $     1.945   $     1.645
  End of Period           $     5.658   $     3.965   $     3.714   $     3.286   $     2.813   $     2.035   $     1.945
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                     370,788       479,410       640,838       890,850       861,229       805,409       602,390


INTERNATIONAL EQUITY
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period**   $     1.947   $     1.872   $     1.680   $     1.398   $     1.230   $     1.240   $     1.000
  End of Period           $     2.376   $     1.947   $     1.872   $     1.680   $     1.398   $     1.230   $     1.240
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                     630,123       647,767     1,297,660     1,332,812     1,166,796     1,529,309       912,421


INDEX 400 STOCK DIVISION
  Beginning of Period#    $     1.000            --            --            --            --            --            --
  End of Period           $     1.123            --            --            --            --            --            --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                     167,651            --            --            --            --            --            --


GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+    $     2.549   $     2.027   $     1.573   $     1.311   $     1.009            --            --
  End of Period           $     3.100   $     2.549   $     2.027   $     1.573   $     1.311            --            --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                     372,659       247,491       327,731       118,168         1,782            --            --


GROWTH AND INCOME STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+    $     2.438   $     1.995   $     1.546   $     1.298   $     0.997            --            --
  End of Period           $     2.601   $     2.438   $     1.995   $     1.546   $     1.298            --            --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                     254,027       310,014       348,188        69,566         9,498            --            --


INDEX 500 STOCK DIVISION
  Beginning of Period*    $     4.202   $     3.289   $     2.488   $     2.042   $     1.499   $     1.492   $     1.370
  End of Period           $     5.043   $     4.202   $     3.289   $     2.488   $     2.042   $     1.499   $     1.492
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   6,687,760     7,343,357     8,175,537     9,600,286    10,111,615    10,735,943    12,320,684


BALANCED DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     7.372   $     6.248   $     5.180   $     4.601   $     3.667   $     3.695   $     3.398
  End of Period           $     8.137   $     7.372   $     6.248   $     5.180   $     4.601   $     3.667   $     3.695
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   2,738,126     3,013,626     3,845,538     4,743,812     5,651,599     6,525,821     7,060,303


HIGH YIELD BOND DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+    $     1.582   $     1.624   $     1.412   $     1.188   $     1.025            --            --
  End of Period           $     1.563   $     1.582   $     1.624   $     1.412   $     1.188            --            --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
    Period                     77,269       183,181       600,752       428,588            --            --            --


SELECT BOND DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     7.719   $     7.263   $     6.685   $     6.520   $     5.515   $     5.719   $     5.222
  End of Period           $     7.583   $     7.719   $     7.263   $     6.685   $     6.520   $     5.515   $     5.719
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                     715,024       899,839     1,012,083     1,215,131     1,172,420     1,266,751     1,389,667


MONEY MARKET DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     2.646   $     2.529   $     2.416   $     2.312   $     2.201   $     2.131   $     2.088
  End of Period           $     2.761   $     2.646   $     2.529   $     2.416   $     2.312   $     2.201   $     2.131
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                     898,198     1,723,332       893,452     1,103,625     1,264,988     1,020,911       788,050


<CAPTION>



                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                          ----------------------------------------
                               1992          1991         1990
                               ----          ----         ----
                          <C>           <C>           <C>
SMALL CAP GROWTH STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period#             --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                          --            --           --


AGGRESSIVE GROWTH STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period*    $     1.564   $     1.010   $    1.000
  End of Period           $     1.645   $     1.564   $    1.010
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                     459,581       262,149        9,478


INTERNATIONAL EQUITY
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period**            --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                          --            --           --


INDEX 400 STOCK DIVISION
  Beginning of Period#             --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                          --            --           --


GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+             --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                          --            --           --


GROWTH AND INCOME STOCK
 DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+             --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                          --            --           --


INDEX 500 STOCK DIVISION
  Beginning of Period*    $     1.287   $     1.000   $    1.000
  End of Period           $     1.370   $     1.287   $    1.000
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                     242,871        33,349       13,511


BALANCED DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     3.250   $     2.642   $    2.635
  End of Period           $     3.398   $     3.250   $    2.642
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   8,324,438     8,795,056    9,637,964


HIGH YIELD BOND DIVISION
  Beginning of Period+             --            --           --
  End of Period                    --            --           --
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
    Period                         --            --           --


SELECT BOND DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     4.918   $     4.239   $    3.943
  End of Period           $     5.222   $     4.918   $    4.239
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   1,411,347     1,590,698    1,590,884


MONEY MARKET DIVISION
  Beginning of Period     $     2.035   $   1.940    $     1.810
  End of Period           $     2.088   $   2.035    $     1.940
Number of Units
  Outstanding, End of
   Period                   1,231,018   1,393,920      2,143,153


</TABLE>





#  The initial investments in the Small Cap Growth Stock Division and Index 400
   Stock Division were made on April 30, 1999.
*  The initial investments in the Index 500 Stock Division and Aggressive Growth
   Stock Division were made on December 12, 1990.
** The initial investment in the International Equity Division was made on
   April 30, 1993.
+  The initial investments in the Growth Stock Division, Growth and Income Stock
   Division, and High Yield Bond Division were made on May 3, 1994.


                                       10
<PAGE>   19

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
(CONTINUED)


RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED                                      FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED
                                         DECEMBER 31                                                     DECEMBER 31
                                           1999                                                             1999
                                           ----                                                             ----
<S>                                        <C>                    <C>                             <C>
     MULTI-STYLE EQUITY DIVISION                                  REAL ESTATE SECURITIES DIVISION
       Beginning of Period*                $1.000                   Beginning of Period*                    $1.000
       End of Period                       $1.071                   End of Period                           $ .923
     Number of Units                                              Number of Units
       Outstanding, End of Period           7,554                   Outstanding, End of Period               4,656

     AGGRESSIVE EQUITY DIVISION                                   CORE BOND DIVISION
       Beginning of Period*                $1.000                   Beginning of Period*                    $1.000
       End of Period                       $1.104                   End of Period                           $ .986
     Number of Units                                              Number of Units
       Outstanding, End of Period           7,374                   Outstanding, End of Period               2,618

     NON-U.S. DIVISION
       Beginning of Period*                $1.000
       End of Period                       $1.247
     Number of Units
       Outstanding, End of Period1          2,237
</TABLE>

*The initial investment was made on April 30, 1999.



THE COMPANY

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company was organized by a special act of
the Wisconsin Legislature in 1857. It is the nation's _______ largest life
insurance company, based on total assets in excess of $85 billion on December
31, 1999, and is licensed to conduct a conventional life insurance business in
the District of Columbia and in all states of the United States. Northwestern
Mutual Life sells life and disability income insurance policies and annuity
contracts through its own field force of approximately 6,000 full time producing
agents. The Home Office of Northwestern Mutual Life is located at 720 East
Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

"We" in this prospectus means Northwestern Mutual Life.

NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A

We established the Account on February 14, 1968 by action of our Board of
Trustees in accordance with the provisions of the Wisconsin insurance law.

The Account has sixteen Divisions. The money you invest to provide variable
benefits under your Contract is placed in one or more of the Divisions as you
direct.

Under Wisconsin law, the investment operations of the Account are kept separate
from our other operations. The values for your Contract will not be affected by
income, gains or losses for the rest of our business. The income, gains or
losses, realized or unrealized, for the assets we place in the Account for your
Contract will determine the value of your Contract benefits and will not affect
the rest of our business. The assets in the Account are reserved for you and
other Contract owners, although the assets belong to us and we do not hold the
assets as a trustee. We and our creditors cannot reach those assets to satisfy
other obligations until our obligations under your Contract have been satisfied.
But all of our assets (except those we hold in some other separate accounts) are
available to satisfy our obligations under your Contract.

The Account is not registered as an investment company under the Investment
Company Act of 1940.

THE FUNDS

Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. is composed of eleven separate portfolios
which operate as separate mutual funds. The portfolios are the Small Cap Growth
Stock Portfolio, Aggressive Growth Stock Portfolio, International Equity
Portfolio, Index 400 Stock Portfolio, Growth Stock Portfolio, Growth and Income
Stock Portfolio, Index 500 Stock Portfolio, Balanced Portfolio, High Yield Bond
Portfolio, Select Bond Portfolio and Money Market Portfolio. The Account buys
shares of each Portfolio at net asset value, that is, without any sales charge.






                                       11

<PAGE>   20

Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC ("NMIS"), our wholly-owned
subsidiary, is the investment adviser to the Fund. We provide the people and
facilities that NMIS uses in performing its investment advisory functions, and
we are a party to the investment advisory agreement. NMIS has retained J.P.
Morgan Investment Management, Inc. and Templeton Investment Counsel, Inc. under
investment sub-advisory agreements to provide investment advice to the Growth
and Income Stock Portfolio and the International Equity Portfolio.

The Russell Insurance Funds include five separate portfolios which operate as
separate mutual funds. These are the Multi-Style Equity Fund, Aggressive Equity
Fund, Non-U.S. Fund, Real Estate Securities Fund and Core Bond Fund. The Account
buys shares of each of the Russell Insurance Funds at net asset value, that is,
without any sales charge.

The assets of each of the Russell Insurance Funds are invested by one or more
investment management organizations researched and recommended by Frank Russell
Company ("Russell"), and an affiliate of Russell, Frank Russell Investment
Management Company ("FRIMCo"). FRIMCo also advises, operates and administers the
Russell Insurance Funds. Russell is our majority-owned subsidiary.

FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING THE MUTUAL FUNDS, INCLUDING INFORMATION ABOUT
THEIR INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND EXPENSES, SEE THE PROSPECTUSES FOR NORTHWESTERN
MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC. AND RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS ATTACHED TO THIS
PROSPECTUS. YOU SHOULD READ THE MUTUAL FUND PROSPECTUSES CAREFULLY BEFORE YOU
INVEST IN THE CONTRACTS.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE CONTRACTS
PURCHASE PAYMENTS UNDER THE CONTRACTS

AMOUNT AND FREQUENCY A purchase payment is the money you give us to pay for your
Contract. You may make purchase payments monthly, quarterly, semiannually,
annually or on any other frequency acceptable to us.

For Back Load Contracts the minimum amount for each purchase payment is $25. We
will accept larger purchase payments than due, or payments at other times, but
total purchase payments under any Contract may not exceed $5,000,000 without our
consent. For Front Load Contracts the minimum initial purchase payment is
$10,000. The minimum amount for each subsequent purchase payment is $25 for all
Contracts.

Purchase payments may not exceed the applicable federal income tax limits. See
"Federal Income Taxes", p. 17.

APPLICATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS We credit net purchase payments, after
deduction of any sales load, to the Account and allocate them to one or more
Divisions as you direct. We then invest those assets in shares of the Portfolio
or Fund which corresponds to that Division.


We apply purchase payments to provide "Accumulation Units" in one or more
Divisions. Accumulation Units represent your interest in the Account. There are
Class A Accumulation Units and Class B Accumulation Units for the Back Load
Contracts. We convert Class B Accumulation Units to Class A Accumulation Units
on a basis that reflects the cumulative amount of purchase payments and the
length of time that the funds have been held under a Back Load Contract. See
"Mortality Rate and Expense Risk Charges", p. 18. The number of Accumulation
Units you receive for each net purchase payment is determined by dividing the
amount of the purchase payment to be allocated to a Division by the value of an
Accumulation Unit in that Division, based upon the next valuation of the assets
of the Division we make after we receive your purchase payment at our Home
Office. Receipt of purchase payments at a lockbox facility we have designated
will be considered the same as receipt at the Home Office. We value assets as of
the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange for each day the Exchange is
open, and at any other time required by the Investment Company Act of 1940.


The number of your Accumulation Units will be increased by additional purchase
payments or transfers into the Account and decreased by withdrawals or transfers
out of the Account. The investment experience of the Account does not change the
number (as distinguished from the value) of your Accumulation Units.

The value of an Accumulation Unit in each Division varies with the investment
experience of the Division (which in turn is determined by the investment
experience of the corresponding Portfolio or Fund). We determine the value by
multiplying the value on the immediately preceding valuation date by the net
investment factor for the Division. (See "Net Investment Factor", p. 13.) Since
you bear the investment risk, there is no guarantee as to the aggregate value of
your Accumulation Units. That value may be less than, equal to, or more than the
cumulative net purchase payments you have made.

You may direct all or part of a purchase payment to the Guaranteed Interest
Fund. Amounts you direct to the Guaranteed Interest Fund will be invested on a
fixed basis. See "The Guaranteed Interest Fund", p. 16.




                                       12
<PAGE>   21


NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

For each Division the net investment factor for any period ending on a valuation
date is 1.000000 plus the net investment rate for the Division for that period.
Under the Contract the net investment rate is related to the assets of the
Division. However, since all amounts are simultaneously invested in shares of
the corresponding Portfolio or Fund when allocated to the Division, calculation
of the net investment rate for each of the Divisions may also be based upon the
change in value of a single share of the corresponding Portfolio or Fund.



Thus, for example, in the case of the Balanced Division the net investment rate
is equal to (a) the change in the net asset value of a Balanced Portfolio share
for the period from the immediately preceding valuation date up to and including
the current valuation date, plus the per share amount of any dividends and other
distributions made by the Balanced Portfolio during the valuation period, less a
deduction for any applicable taxes or for any expenses resulting from a
substitution of securities, (b) divided by the net asset value of a Balanced
Portfolio share on the valuation date immediately preceding the current
valuation date, (c) less an adjustment to provide for the deduction for
mortality rate and expense risks that we have assumed. (See "Deductions", p.18.)

The Portfolios and Funds will distribute investment income and realized capital
gains to the Account Divisions. We will reinvest those distributions in
additional shares of the same Portfolio or Fund. Unrealized capital gains and
realized and unrealized capital losses will be reflected by changes in the value
of the shares held by the Account.


BENEFITS PROVIDED UNDER THE CONTRACTS

The benefits provided under the Contracts consist of a withdrawal amount, a
death benefit and a maturity benefit. Subject to the restrictions noted below,
we will pay all of these benefits in a lump sum or under the payment plans
described below.



WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT On or prior to the maturity date you are entitled to withdraw
the Accumulation Units credited to your Contract and receive the value thereof
less the applicable withdrawal charge. (See "Withdrawal Charge", p. 19.) The
value, which may be either greater or less than the amount you paid, is
determined as of the valuation date coincident with or next following our
receipt of your written request for withdrawal on a form we provide. The forms
are available from our Home Office and our agents. You may withdraw a portion of
the Accumulation Units on the same basis, except that we will not grant a
partial withdrawal which would result in a Contract value of less $2,000
remaining; we will treat a request for such a partial withdrawal as a request to
surrender the entire Contract. Amounts distributed to you upon withdrawal of all
or a portion of Accumulation Units may be subject to federal income tax. (See
"Federal Income Taxes", p. 17.) A 10% penalty tax may be imposed on the taxable
portion of premature payments of benefits (prior to age 59-1/2 or disability)
unless payments are made after the employee separates from service and payments
are either paid in substantially equal installments over the life or life
expectancy of the employee or are paid on account of early retirement after age
55.


If annuity payments are being made under Payment Plan 1 the payee may surrender
the Contract and receive the value of the Annuity Units credited to his
Contract, less the applicable withdrawal charge. (See "Withdrawal Charge", p.
19) Upon death during the certain period of the payee under Plan 2 or both
payees under Plan 3, the beneficiary may surrender the Contract and receive the
withdrawal value of the unpaid payments for the certain period. The withdrawal
value is based on the Annuity Unit value on the withdrawal date, with the unpaid
payments discounted at the Assumed Investment Rate. (See "Description of Payment
Plans", p.14.)


DEATH BENEFIT

1. Amount of the Death Benefit. If the Annuitant dies before the maturity date,
the death benefit will not be less than the Contract value determined as of the
valuation date that coincides with or next follows the date on which we receive
proof of death at our Home Office. If the Primary Annuitant dies before his or
her 75th birthday, the death benefit, where permitted by state law, will not be
less than the amount of purchase payments we received, less withdrawals.

An enhanced death benefit is available at extra cost. Prior to the first
Contract anniversary the enhanced death benefit is equal to the total purchase
payments received less any amounts withdrawn. On any Contract anniversary prior
to the Primary Annuitant's 80th birthday, the enhanced death benefit is the
Contract value on that date, but not less than what the enhanced death benefit
was on the last preceding valuation date. On any other valuation date before the
Primary Annuitant's 80th birthday, the enhanced death benefit will be the amount
determined on the most recent Contract anniversary, plus purchase payments we
receive thereafter, less withdrawals. On any valuation date on or after the
Primary Annuitant's 80th birthday the enhanced death benefit will be the
enhanced death benefit on the Contract anniversary immediately prior to the
Primary Annuitant's 80th birthday increased by purchase payments we received and
decreased by any amounts withdrawn after that Contract anniversary. We deduct
the extra cost for the enhanced death benefit from the Contract value on each
Contract anniversary while the enhanced death benefit is in effect. See
"Enhanced Death Benefit Charge", p. 19. The enhanced death benefit is available
for issue ages up to 65 and must be elected when the Contract is issued. The
enhanced death benefit will remain in effect until the maturity date or the
death of the Primary Annuitant








                                       13


<PAGE>   22

or you ask us to remove it from your Contract. You cannot add it to your
Contract again after it has been removed.

2. Distribution of the Death Benefit.

When the employee dies, the contingent Annuitant automatically becomes the new
Annuitant and the Contract continues in force. If no contingent annuitant has
been named, the death benefit becomes payable to the Owner.

MATURITY BENEFIT Purchase payments under the Contract are payable until the
maturity date specified in the Contract. You may select any date up to age 90 as
the maturity date, subject to applicable tax and state law requirements,
including the minimum distribution requirements (See "Minimum Distribution
Requirements, p. 17). On the maturity date, if you have not elected any other
permissible payment plan, we will change the maturity date to the Contract
anniversary nearest the Annuitant's 90th birthday. On that date, if you have not
elected any other permissible payment plan, we will pay the value of the
Contract in monthly payments for life under a variable payment plan with
payments certain for ten years.


VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

We will pay part or all of the benefits under a Contract under a variable
payment plan you select. The payment plan starts on the maturity date. See
"Maturity Benefit", above. Under a variable plan, you bear the entire investment
risk, since we make no guarantees of investment return. Accordingly, there is no
guarantee of the amount of the variable payments, and you must expect the amount
of such payments to change from month to month. For a discussion of tax
considerations and limitations regarding the election of payment plans, see
"Federal Income Taxes", p. 17.

DESCRIPTION OF PAYMENT PLANS The following payment plans are available:

1. Payments for a Certain Period. An annuity payable monthly for a specified
period of five to 30 years.

2. Life Annuity with or without Certain Period. An annuity payable monthly until
the payee's death, or until the expiration of a selected certain period,
whichever is later. After the payee's death during the certain period, if any,
we will make payments as they are due to the designated contingent beneficiary.
You may select a certain period of either 10 or 20 years, or you may choose a
plan with no certain period.


3. Joint and Survivor Life Annuity with Certain Period. An annuity payable
monthly for a certain period of 10 years and thereafter to two persons for their

joint lives. On the death of either payee, payments continue for the remainder
of the 10 years certain or the remaining lifetime of the survivor, whichever is
longer.


We may limit the election of a payment plan to one that results in an initial
payment of at least $50. A payment plan will continue even if payments fall to
less than $50 after the payment plan begins.


From time to time we may establish payment plan rates with greater actuarial
value than those stated in the Contract and make them available at the time of
settlement. We may also make available other payment plans, with provisions and
rates we publish for those plans.


AMOUNT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS We will determine the amount of the first annuity
payment on the basis of the particular payment plan you select, the annuity
payment rate and, for plans involving life contingencies, the Annuitant's
adjusted age. We will calculate the amount of the first annuity payment on a
basis that takes into account the length of time over which we expect annuity
payments to continue. The first payment will be lower for an Annuitant who is
younger when payments begin, and higher for an Annuitant who is older, if the
payment plan involves life contingencies. The first payment will be lower if the
payment plan includes a longer certain period. Variable annuity payments after
the first will vary from month to month to reflect the fluctuating value of the
Annuity Units credited to your Contract. Annuity Units represent the interest of
the Contract in each Division of the Account after annuity payments begin. Class
A Accumulation Units become Class A Annuity Units and Class B Accumulated Units
become Class B Annuity Units on the maturity date.


ASSUMED INVESTMENT RATE The variable annuity rate tables for the Contracts are
based upon an Assumed Investment Rate of 3 1/2%. Variable annuity rate tables
based upon an Assumed Investment Rate of 5% are also available where permitted
by state law.

The Assumed Investment Rate affects both the amount of the first variable
payment and the amount by which subsequent payments increase or decrease. The
Assumed Investment Rate does not affect the actuarial value of the future
payments as of the date when payments begin, though it does affect the actual
amount which may be received by an individual Annuitant.

Over a period of time, if each Division achieved a net investment result exactly
equal to the Assumed Investment Rate applicable to a particular payment plan,
the amount of annuity payments would be level. However, if the Division achieved
a net investment result greater than the Assumed Investment Rate, the amount of
annuity payments would increase. Similarly, if the Division achieved a net
investment result smaller than the Assumed Investment Rate, the amount of
annuity payments would decrease.

A higher Assumed Investment Rate will result in a larger initial payment but
more slowly rising and more rapidly falling subsequent payments than a lower
Assumed Investment Rate.




                                       14
<PAGE>   23


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

TRANSFERS BETWEEN DIVISIONS AND PAYMENT PLANS You may change the allocation of
purchase payments among the Divisions and transfer values from one Division to
another both before and after annuity payments begin. In order to take full
advantage of these features you should carefully consider, on a continuing
basis, which Division or apportionment is best suited to your long-term
investment needs.

You may at any time change the allocation of purchase payments among the
Divisions by written notice to us. Purchase payments we receive at our Home
Office on and after the date on which we receive the notice will be applied to
provide Accumulation Units in one or more Divisions on the basis of the new
allocation.

Before the effective date of a payment plan you may, upon written request,
transfer Accumulation Units from one Division to another. After the effective
date of a payment plan the payee may transfer Annuity Units from one Division to
another. We will adjust the number of Accumulation or Annuity Units to be
credited to reflect the respective value of the Accumulation and Annuity Units
in each of the Divisions. For Accumulation Units the minimum amount which may be
transferred is the lesser of $100 or the entire value of the Accumulation Units
in the Division from which the transfer is being made. For each transfer
beginning with the thirteenth in any Contract year we may deduct a transfer fee
of $25 from the amount transferred. We currently make no charge for transfers.

If you contemplate the transfer of funds from one Division to another, you
should consider the risk inherent in a switch from one investment medium to
another. In general, frequent transfers based on short-term expectations for the
stock and bond markets, especially transfers of large sums, will tend to
accentuate the danger that a transfer will be made at an inopportune time.

You may transfer amounts which you have invested on a fixed basis to any
Division of the Account, and the value of Accumulation Units in any Division of
the Account to the Guaranteed Interest Fund for investment on a fixed basis,
subject to the restrictions described in the Contract. See "The Guaranteed
Interest Fund", p. 16.

After the effective date of a payment plan which does not involve a life
contingency (i.e., Plan 1) a payee may transfer to either form of life annuity
at no charge. We will apply the value of the remaining payments to the new plan
selected. We will determine the amount of the first annuity payment under the
new plan on the basis of the particular plan selected, the annuity payment rate
and the Annuitant's adjusted age and sex. Subsequent payments will vary to
reflect changes in the value of the Annuity Units credited. We permit other
transfers between payment plans subject to such limitations we may reasonably
determine. Generally, however, we do not permit transfer from a payment plan
involving a life contingency to a payment plan which does not involve the same
life contingency.

You may make transfers from the Money Market Division at any time while a
payment plan is in force. The Contracts provide that transfers between the other
Divisions and transfers between payment plans may be made after the payment plan
has been in force for at least 90 days and thereafter whenever at least 90 days
have elapsed since the date of the last transfer. At present we permit transfers
at any time. We will make the transfer as of the close of business on the
valuation date coincident with or next following the date on which we receive
the request for transfer at our Home Office, or at a later date you request.

GENDER-BASED ANNUITY PAYMENT RATES Federal law, and the laws of certain states,
may require that annuity considerations and annuity payment rates be determined
without regard to the sex of the Annuitant. Because we offer the Contracts for
use with HR-10 Plans where these rules may have general application, the annuity
payment rates in the Contracts do not distinguish between male and female
Annuitants. However, Contracts with sex-distinct rates are available on request.
Prospective purchasers of the Contracts should review any questions in this area
with qualified counsel.


OWNERS OF THE CONTRACTS The Owner of the Contract has the sole right to exercise
all rights and privileges under the Contract, except as the Contract otherwise
provides. The Owner is ordinarily the retirement plan, but may be the employer
or the Annuitant or other person. The Annuitant is the person upon whose life
the Contract is issued and Contract benefits depend. The Primary Annuitant is
the person upon whose life the Contract is initially issued. The Contingent
Annuitant is the person who becomes the Annuitant upon the death of the
Annuitant. In this prospectus, "you" means the Owner or a prospective purchaser
of the Contract.


DEFERMENT OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS We reserve the right to defer determination of the
withdrawal value of the Contracts, or the payment of benefits under a variable
payment plan, until after the end of any period during which the right to redeem
shares of either of the mutual funds is suspended, or payment of the redemption
value is postponed, and for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange
is closed or trading thereon is restricted or an emergency exists, so that
valuation of the assets of the Fund or disposal of securities they hold is not
reasonably practical; or as such deferment is otherwise permitted by applicable
law.


DIVIDENDS The Contracts share in our divisible surplus, to the extent we
determine annually, except while payments are being made under a variable
payment plan. Distributions of divisible surplus are commonly referred to as
"dividends". Any contributions to our divisible surplus would result from more
favorable expense experience than we have assumed in






                                       15

<PAGE>   24


determining the deductions. We do not expect the Contracts to make a significant
contribution to our divisible surplus and we do not expect to pay dividends on
the Contracts.


For the Back Load Contracts we reduce expense charges by converting Class B
Accumulation Units to Class A Accumulation Units on larger, older Contracts. See
"Mortality Rate and Expense Risk Charges", p. 18. The Contracts issued prior to
the date of this prospectus do not include this conversion feature, and we
currently pay dividends on some of those Contracts. See "Dividends for Contracts
Issued Prior to March 31, 2000", p. 20.


SUBSTITUTION AND CHANGE Pursuant to authority of our Board of Trustees, (a) we
may invest the assets of a Division in securities of another mutual fund or
another issuer, instead of the Portfolio or Fund in which you have invested, as
a substitute for the shares you already have or as the securities to be
purchased in the future, or (b) we may modify the provisions of the Contracts to
assure qualification for the benefits provided by the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code relating to retirement annuity or variable annuity contracts, or to
comply with any other applicable federal or state laws. In the event of any such
substitution or change, we may make appropriate endorsement on Contracts having
an interest in the Account and take such other action as may be necessary to
effect the substitution or change.

FIXED ANNUITY PAYMENT PLANS We will also pay Contract benefits under fixed
annuity payment plans which are not described in this Prospectus. If you select
a fixed annuity, we will cancel the Accumulation Units credited to your Deferred
Contract, we will transfer the withdrawal value of the Contract to our general
account, and you will no longer have any interest in the Account. We may make a
withdrawal charge in determining the withdrawal value. (See "Withdrawal Amount",
p. 13, and "Withdrawal Charge", p. 19)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Financial statements of the Account and financial
statements of Northwestern Mutual Life appear in the Statement of Additional
Information.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND

You may direct all or part of your purchase payments to the Guaranteed Interest
Fund for investment on a fixed basis. You may transfer amounts previously
invested in the Account Divisions to the Guaranteed Interest Fund, prior to the
maturity date, and you may transfer amounts in the Guaranteed Interest Fund to
the Account Divisions. In each case these transfers are subject, to the
restrictions described in the Contract.

Amounts you invest in the Guaranteed Interest Fund become part of our general
assets. In reliance on certain exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have
not registered interests in the Guaranteed Interest Fund under the Securities
Act of 1933 and we have not registered the Guaranteed Interest Fund as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly,
neither the Guaranteed Interest Fund nor any interests therein are generally
subject to these Acts. We have been advised that the staff of the Securities and
Exchange Commission has not reviewed the disclosure in this prospectus relating
to the Guaranteed Interest Fund. This disclosure, however, may be subject to
certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating
to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.

Amounts you invest in the Guaranteed Interest Fund earn interest at rates we
declare from time to time. We will guarantee the interest rate for each amount
for at least one year. The interest rate will be at an annual effective rate of
at least 3%. At the expiration of the period for which we guarantee the interest
rate, a new interest rate may apply. We credit interest and compound it daily.
We determine the effective date for a transaction involving the Guaranteed
Interest Fund in the same manner as the effective date for a transaction
involving a Division of the Account.

Investments in the Guaranteed Interest Fund are subject to a maximum limit of
$1,000,000 ($250,000 in New York) without our prior consent. To the extent that
a purchase payment or transfer from a Division of the Account causes the
Contract's interest in the Guaranteed Interest Fund to exceed this maximum
limit, we will place the amount of the excess in the Money Market Division and
it will remain there until the you instruct us otherwise.

Transfers from the Guaranteed Interest Fund to the Account Divisions are subject
to limits. After a transfer from the Guaranteed Interest Fund we will allow no
further transfers from the Guaranteed Interest Fund for a period of 365 days; in
addition, we will allow no further transfers back into the Guaranteed Interest
Fund for a period of 90 days. The maximum amount that you may transfer from the
Guaranteed Interest Fund in one transfer is the greater of (1) 25% of the amount
that you had invested in the Guaranteed Interest Fund as of the last Contract
anniversary preceding the transfer and (2) the amount of your most recent
transfer from the Guaranteed Interest Fund. But in no event will this maximum
transfer amount be less than $1,000 or more than $50,000. (The $50,000 limit
does not apply in New York.)

The deduction for mortality rate and expense risks, as described below, is not
assessed against amounts in the Guaranteed Interest Fund, and amounts in the
Guaranteed Interest Fund do not bear any expenses of either of the mutual funds.
Other charges under the Contracts apply for amounts in the Guaranteed Interest
Fund as they are described in this prospectus for






                                    16


<PAGE>   25
amounts you invest on a variable basis. (See "Deductions", p. 18). For purposes
of allocating and deducting the annual Contract fee, we consider any investment
in the Guaranteed Interest Fund as though it were an investment of the same
amount in one of the Account Divisions.

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

We offer the Contracts only for use under tax-qualified plans meeting the
requirements of Sections 401 and 403(a) of the Code. However, in the event
Contracts should be issued pursuant to HR-10 Plans, trusts or custodial accounts
which at the time of issuance are not qualified under the Code, some or all of
the tax benefits described herein may be lost.

CONTRIBUTION LIMITS


Any employer, including a self-employed person, can establish a plan under
Section 401(a) or 403(a) for participating employees. As a general rule, annual
contributions to a defined contribution plan made by the employer and the
employee cannot exceed the lesser of $30,000 or 25% of compensation or earned
income (up to $170,000, indexed).


Qualified plans are subject to minimum coverage, nondiscrimination and spousal
consent requirements. In addition, "top heavy" rules apply if more than 60% of
the contributions or benefits are allocated to certain highly compensated
employees. Violations of the contribution limits or other requirements may
disqualify the plan and/or subject the employer to taxes and penalties.

TAXATION OF CONTRACT BENEFITS

No tax is payable as a result of any increase in the value of a Contract until
benefits from the Contract are received. Benefits received as annuity payments
will be taxable as ordinary income when received in accordance with Section 72
of the Code. As a general rule, where an employee makes nondeductible
contributions to the Plan, the payee may exclude from income that portion of
each benefit payment which represents a return of the employee's "investment in
the contract" as defined in Section 72 until the entire "investment in the
contract" is recovered. A 50% penalty tax may be imposed on payments to the
extent they are less than certain required minimum amounts. In addition, a 10%
penalty tax may be imposed on benefits paid in excess of the benefits provided
under the Plan formula if the payee is or was a "5% owner" of the employer while
a participant in the Plan.

Benefits paid in a form other than an annuity will be taxed as ordinary income
when received except for that portion of the payment, if any, which represents a
return of the employee's "investment in the contract." Benefits received as a
"lump sum distribution" may be eligible for a separate tax averaging calculation
and, with certain limited exceptions, all benefits are subject to the tax-free
rollover provisions of the Code. A 10% penalty tax may be imposed on the taxable
portion of premature payments of benefits (prior to age 59-1/2 or disability)
unless payments are made after the employee separates from service and payments
are either paid in substantially equal installments over the life or life
expectancy of the employee or are paid on account of early retirement after age
55 or unless payments are made for medical expenses in excess of 7.5% of the
employee's Adjusted Gross Income.

A loan from the Plan to an employee, other than an owner-employee, may be
taxable as ordinary income depending on the amount and terms of the loan. A loan
to an owner-employee is a prohibited transaction under the Code and could
disqualify the Plan.

Benefit payments will be subject to mandatory 20% withholding unless (1) they
are rolled over directly to another tax-qualified plan or an individual
retirement arrangement, (2) they are paid in substantially equal installments
over the life or life expectancy of the employee (or of the employee and the
employee's beneficiary) or over a period of 10 years or more, or (3) they are
"required minimum distributions."


MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS As a general rule, the Plan is required to
make certain required distributions to the employee during the employee's life
and to the employee's beneficiary following the employee's death.

The Plan must make the first required distribution by the "required beginning
date" and subsequent required distributions by December 31 of that year and each
year thereafter. Payments must be made over the life or life expectancy of the
employee or the lives or life expectancies of the employee and the employee's
beneficiary. The required beginning date is April 1 of the calendar year
following the later of the calendar year in which the employee attains age 70
1/2 or, if the employee is not a "5% owner" of the employer, the calendar year
in which the employee retires.

Upon the death of the employee, the Plan must make distributions under one of
the following two rules.

If the employee dies on or after the required beginning date, any remaining
interest of the employee must be distributed at least as rapidly as it was under
the method of distribution in effect on the date of death. The method of
distribution is determined by the age of the employee and the beneficiary and
whether their life expectancies are being recalculated each year.

If the employee dies before the required beginning date, the employee's entire
interest must be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the
fifth anniversary of the employee's death. If the employee's interest is payable
to a beneficiary designated by the employee, the employee's interest may be paid
over the







                                       17



<PAGE>   26


life or life expectancy of that beneficiary, provided distribution begins by
December 31 of the calendar year following the year of the employee's death. If
the sole designated beneficiary is the employee's spouse, the spouse may roll
over the Contract into an IRA owned by the spouse.


The rules governing Plan provisions, payments and deductions and taxation of
distributions from such Plans and Trusts, as set forth in the Code and the
regulations relating thereto, are complex and cannot be readily summarized.
Furthermore, special rules are applicable in many situations, and prospective
purchasers desiring to adopt an HR-10 pension or profit-sharing plan or trust
should consult qualified tax counsel.

TAXATION OF NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE

We may charge the appropriate Contracts with their shares of any tax liability
which may result from the maintenance or operation of the Divisions of the
Account. We are currently making no charge. (See "Net Investment Factor", p. 13
and "Deductions", below.)

DEDUCTIONS

We will make the following deductions:

SALES LOAD For the Front Load Contract we deduct a sales load from all purchase
payments we receive. The sales load compensates us for the costs we incur in
selling the Contracts. We base the deduction on cumulative purchase payments we
have received and the rates in the table below:



<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
Cumulative Purchase Payments
Paid Under the Contract                          Rate
First $100,000                                   4.5%
Next $400,000                                    2.0%
Next $500,000                                    1.0%
Balance over $1,000,000                          0.5%
</TABLE>




MORTALITY RATE AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGES

Amount of Mortality Rate and Expense Risk Charges. The net investment factor
(see "Net Investment Factor", p. 13) we use in determining the value of
Accumulation and Annuity Units reflects a deduction on each valuation date for
mortality rate and expense risks we have assumed. For the Front Load Contract,
the deduction from Accumulation Units and Annuity Units is at a current annual
rate of 0.5% of the assets of the Account. For the Back Load Contract the
deduction for Class B Accumulation Units and Class B Annuity Units is at a
current annual rate of 1.25% of the assets of the Account. For the Back Load
Contracts the deduction for Class A Accumulation Units and Class A Annuity Units
is at a current annual rate of 0.5% of the assets of the Account. Our Board of
Trustees may increase or decrease the deduction, but in no event may the
deduction exceed an annual rate of 0.75% for the Front Load Contract, 1.50% for
the Back Load Contract Class B Accumulation and Annuity Units, and 0.75% for the
Back Load Contract Class A Accumulation and Annuity Units.

Reduction in Mortality Rate and Expense Risk Charges. For the Back Load
Contracts we convert Class B Accumulation Units to Class A Accumulation Units on
a Contract anniversary if the Contract value is at least $25,000 and the
purchase payment which paid for the Class B Accumulation Units has reached
Category Zero, that is, its withdrawal charge rate is 0%. See "Withdrawal
Charge" p.19.

As a result of the conversion, the mortality rate and expense risks charge is
reduced from 1.25% to 0.50% on these units based on current rates. The
conversion amount includes the purchase payment in Category Zero and a
proportionate share of investment earnings. We allocate the conversion amount
proportionately to each Division, and we adjust the number of Accumulation Units
in each Division to reflect the relative values for Class A and Class B
Accumulation Units on the date of the conversion. The same conversion process
and a similar result applies to amounts in the Guaranteed Interest Fund. We do
not convert Annuity Units from Class B to Class A.

Risks and Expenses. The risks we assume are (a) the risk that annuity payments
will continue for longer periods than anticipated because the Annuitants as a
group live longer than expected, and (b) the risk that the charges we make may
be insufficient to cover the actual costs we incur in connection with the
Contracts. We assume these risks for the duration of the Contract. The deduction
for these risks is the only expense item paid by the Account to date. The mutual
funds pay expenses which are described in the attached prospectuses for the
mutual funds.

The net investment factor also reflects the deduction of any reasonable expenses
which may result if there were a substitution of other securities for shares of
the mutual funds as described under "Substitution and Change", p. 16, and any
applicable taxes, i.e., any tax liability we have paid or reserved for resulting
from the maintenance or operation of a Division of the Account, other than
applicable premium taxes which we may deduct directly from considerations. We do
not presently anticipate that we will make any deduction for federal income
taxes (see "Taxation of Northwestern Mutual Life", p. 18), nor do we anticipate
that maintenance or operation of the Account will give rise to any deduction for
state or local taxes. However, we reserve the right to charge the appropriate
Contracts with their shares of any tax liability which may result under present
or future tax laws from the maintenance or operation of the Account or to deduct
any such tax liability in the computation of the net investment factor for such
Contracts.






                                       18

<PAGE>   27


CONTRACT FEE On each Contract anniversary prior to the maturity date we make a
deduction of $30 for administrative expenses relating to a Deferred Contract
during the prior year. We make the charge by reducing the number of Accumulation
Units credited to the Contract. For purposes of allocating and deducting the
annual Contract fee, we consider any investment in the Guaranteed Interest Fund
as though it were an investment of the same amount in one of the Account
Divisions. We cannot increase this charge. The charge is intended only to
reimburse us for our actual administrative expenses. We currently are waiving
the charge, if the Contract value on the Contract anniversary is $25,000 or
more.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

Withdrawal Charge Rates. For Back Load Contracts, a withdrawal charge free
amount is available on a Contract if the Contract value is at least $10,000 on
the Contract anniversary preceding the withdrawal. For each Contract year after
the first one, the withdrawal charge free amount is 10% of the value of the
Class B Accumulation Units on the last Contract anniversary. Otherwise, we will
deduct a withdrawal charge for sales expenses if you withdraw Class B
Accumulation Units for cash. We will base the withdrawal charge on the
Categories and the Rates in the table below. We base the amount in each Category
on cumulative purchase payments you have made and on the number of Contract
anniversaries that have occurred since you made each purchase payment.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Category                                         Rate
- --------                                         ----
<S>                                              <C>
Eight.............................................6%
Seven.............................................6
Six...............................................6
Five..............................................5
Four..............................................4
Three.............................................3
Two...............................................2
One...............................................1
Zero..............................................0
</TABLE>

The first $100,000 of total purchase payments paid over the life of the Contract
start in Category Eight, the next $400,000 start in Category Four, and all
additional purchase payments paid start in Category Two. As of each Contract
anniversary, we move any amount in a Category to the next lower Category until
the Contract anniversary on which that amount reaches Category Zero. The total
withdrawal charge will be the sum of all the results calculated by multiplying
the amount in each Category by the Rate for that Category. The amounts we use
will be taken first from the withdrawal charge free amount; next from the Class
A Accumulation Units; next from the Class B Accumulation Units in the order that
produces the lowest withdrawal charge; and last from any remaining value in the
contract. However, any amounts we use to determine the charge for a partial
withdrawal will not be used to determine subsequent withdrawal charges.

Waiver of Withdrawal Charges. When we receive proof of death of the Primary
Annuitant, we will waive withdrawal charges applicable at the date of death by
moving purchase payments received prior to the date of death to Category Zero.

We will waive the withdrawal charge if the Primary Annuitant has a terminal
illness, or is confined to a nursing home or hospital after the first contract
year, in accordance with the terms of the Contract. You may not make purchase
payments after we are given proof of a terminal illness or confinement.


We will make no withdrawal charge when you select a variable payment plan.
However, we will make the withdrawal charge if you make a withdrawal, or partial
withdrawal, within five years after the beginning of a variable payment plan
which is not contingent on the payee's life (Plan 1).

For fixed payment plans the Contract provides for deduction of the withdrawal
charge when the payment plan is selected. By current administrative practice, we
will waive the withdrawal charge upon selection of a fixed payment plan for a
certain period of 12 years or more (Plan 1) or any fixed payment plan which
involves a life contingency (Plans 2 or 3) if you select the payment plan after
the Contract has been in force for at least one full year.


ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT CHARGE On each Contract anniversary on which the enhanced
death benefit is in effect, we deduct from the Contract value a charge based on
the amount of the enhanced death benefit on the Contract Anniversary and the age
of the Annuitant when the Contract was issued. The charge is 0.10% of the amount
of the enhanced death benefit for issue age 45 or less, 0.20% for issue age
46-55, and 0.40% for issue age 56-65. This charge is for the risks we assume in
guaranteeing the enhanced death benefit. We deduct the charge from the Divisions
of the Account and the Guaranteed Interest Fund in proportion to the amounts you
have invested.

PREMIUM TAXES The Contracts provide for the deduction of applicable premium
taxes, if any, from purchase payments or from Contract benefits. Various
jurisdictions levy premium taxes. Premium taxes presently range from 0% to 1% of
total purchase payments. Many jurisdictions presently exempt from premium taxes
annuities such as the Contracts. As a matter of current practice, we do not
deduct premium taxes from purchase payments received under the Contracts or from
Contract benefits. However, we reserve the right to deduct premium taxes in the
future.


EXPENSES FOR THE PORTFOLIOS AND FUNDS The expenses borne by the Portfolios and
Funds in which the assets of the Account are invested are described in the
prospectuses for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and the Russell Insurance
Funds. See the prospectuses attached to this prospectus.














                                       19


<PAGE>   28


CONTRACTS ISSUED PRIOR TO MARCH 31, 2000 During the period prior to March 31,
2000 and after March 31, 1995 we issued both Front Load Contracts and Back Load
Contracts. For the Front Load Contracts the deduction for sales expenses is 4%
on the first $100,000, 2% on the next $400,000, 1% the next $500,000, and 0.5%
on purchase payments in excess of $1 million, based on total cumulative purchase
payments paid under the Contract. The charge against Accumulation Units for
mortality and expense risks is 0.4% of the assets of the Account, which we may
raise to a maximum rate of 0.75%. The charge against Annuity Units for mortality
and expense risks is zero, which we may raise to a maximum rate of 0.75%. For
the Back Load Contracts there is a surrender charge of 8% on the first $100,000
of purchase payments, 4% on the next $400,000, 2% on the next $500,000, and 1%
on purchase payments in excess of $1 million, based on total cumulative purchase
payments paid under the Contract. The surrender charge applicable for each
purchase payment reduces by 1% on each Contract anniversary. A withdrawal charge
free amount is available, but the amount is limited by the excess of the
Contract value over the cumulative purchase payments on the date of the
withdrawal. The charge for mortality and expense risks for these Contracts is
1.25% of the assets of the Account, which we may raise to a maximum annual rate
of 1.50%. The Annual Contract fee is $30. We currently waive the Contract fee if
the Contract value is $50,000 or more.

CONTRACTS ISSUED PRIOR TO MARCH 31, 1995 For Contracts issued prior to March 31,
1995 and after December 16, 1981 there is no front-end sales load but there is a
surrender charge of 8% on the first $25,000 of purchase payments, 4% on the next
$75,000 and 2% on purchase payments in excess of $100,000, based on total
cumulative purchase payments paid under the Contract. The surrender charge
applicable for each purchase payment reduces by 1% on each Contract anniversary.
A withdrawal charge free amount is available, but the amount is limited by the
excess of the Contract value over the cumulative purchase payments on the date
of the withdrawal. The charge for mortality and expense risks for those
Contracts is 1.25% of the assets of the Account. The annual Contract fee is the
lesser of $30 or 1% of the Contract value. See the table of accumulation unit
values on page 8.

CONTRACTS ISSUED PRIOR TO DECEMBER 17, 1981 For Contracts issued prior to
December 17, 1981 there is no surrender charge, but purchase payments are
subject to a deduction for sales expenses. The deduction is 8% on the first
$5,000 received during a single Contract year as defined in the Contract, 4% on
the next $20,000, 2% on the next $75,000 and 1% on the excess over $100,000. The
charge for mortality and expense risks for these Contracts is 0.75% of the
assets of the Account, which we may raise to a maximum annual rate of 1%. There
is no annual Contract fee. See the table of accumulation unit values on page 10.

DIVIDENDS FOR CONTRACTS ISSUED PRIOR TO MARCH 31, 2000 During the year 2000 we
are paying dividends on approximately 20% of the in-force variable annuity
Contracts we issued prior to March 31, 2000. Dividends are not guaranteed to be
paid in future years. The dividend amount is volatile since it is based on the
average variable Contract value which is defined as the value of the
Accumulation units on the last Contract anniversary adjusted to reflect any
transactions since that date which increased or decreased the Contract's
interest in the Account.

Dividends on these variable annuities arise principally as a result of more
favorable expense experience than that which we assumed in determining
deductions. Such favorable experience is generated primarily by older and/or
larger Contracts, which have a mortality and expense risk charge of at least
0.75%. In general, we are not paying dividends on Contracts with an average
variable Contract value of less than $30,000, and about 75% of those with a
value above $30,000 will receive dividends. The expected dividend payout for the
year 2000 represents about 0.39% of the average variable Contract value for
those Contracts that will receive dividends. The maximum dividend we are paying
on a specific contract is about 0.70%.

We pay any dividend for a Contract on the anniversary date of that Contract. We
apply the dividend as a net purchase payment unless you elect to have the
dividend paid in cash.

REDUCED CHARGES FOR EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS As a matter of current practice, we
permit owners of fixed dollar annuities we have previously issued to exchange
those contracts for Front Load or Back Load Contracts without paying a second
charge for sales expenses. This rule is subject to a number of exceptions and
qualifications. We may change or withdraw it at any time.

In general, we make a $25 administrative charge on these exchange transactions
and we permit only one such transaction in any 12-month period. Transactions on
this basis are subject to a limit of 20% of the amount held under the fixed
annuity contract in any 12-month period, but we are presently waiving this
limit.

Amounts exchanged from a fixed contract which provides for a surrender charge
are not charged for sales expenses when the exchange is effected. We place these
amounts in the same withdrawal charge category under the new Back Load Contract
as they were before.

We place exchange proceeds from fixed contracts which have no surrender charge
provisions in the 0% withdrawal charge category. As an alternative, exchange
proceeds from such a fixed contract may be added to a Front Load Contract or to
a Deferred Contract issued prior to December 17, 1981 without any deduction for
sales expenses.




                                       20


<PAGE>   29



Fixed annuity contracts (which are not described in this prospectus) are
available in exchange for the Contracts on a comparable basis.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

We sell the Contracts through individuals who, in addition to being licensed
insurance agents of Northwestern Mutual Life, are registered representatives of
Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary.
Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC is a registered broker-dealer under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers. Where state law requires, these agents will also be licensed
securities salesmen. Commissions paid to the agents on sales of the Contracts
will not exceed 4% of purchase payments.


                                       21

<PAGE>   30






            TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                PAGE
                                                ----
<S>                                            <C>
DISTRIBUTION OF THE
  CONTRACTS.....................................B-2
DETERMINATION OF ANNUITY
  PAYMENTS......................................B-2
    Amount of Annuity Payments..................B-2
    Annuity Unit Value..........................B-3
    Illustrations of Variable Annuity
      Payments..................................B-3
VALUATION OF ASSETS OF THE
  ACCOUNT.......................................B-4
TRANSFERABILITY RESTRICTIONS....................B-4
EXPERTS.........................................B-4
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE
  ACCOUNT (for the two years ended
   December 31, 1999)...........................B-5
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT
  ACCOUNTANTS (for the two
  years ended December 31, 1999)................B-11
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
  NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
   (for the three years ended
   December 31, 1999)...........................B-12
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT
  ACCOUNTANTS (for the three years
   ended December 31, 1999).....................B-25
</TABLE>









     This Prospectus sets forth concisely the information about NML Variable
Annuity Account A that a prospective investor ought to know before investing.
Additional information about Account A has been filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission in a Statement of Additional Information which is
incorporated herein by reference. The Statement of Additional Information is
available upon request and without charge from The Northwestern Mutual Life
Insurance Company. To receive a copy, return the request form to the address
listed below, or telephone (414) 271-1444.


<TABLE>
<S><C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TO:  The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

         Annuity and Accumulation Products Marketing Department
           Room E12J
         720 East Wisconsin Avenue
         Milwaukee, WI 53202

      Please send a Statement of Additional Information for NML Variable Annuity Account A to:

       Name
            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Address
              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       City                                                                State              Zip
            ---------------------------------------------------------------       ------------    -----------

</TABLE>


<PAGE>   31





More information about Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. is included in the
Fund's Statement of Additional Information (SAI), incorporated by reference in
this prospectus, which is available free of charge.

More information about the Fund's investments is included in the Fund's annual
and semi-annual reports, which discuss the market conditions and investment
strategies that significantly affected each Portfolio's performance during the
previous fiscal period.

To request a free copy of the Fund's SAI, or current annual or semi-annual
report, call us at 1-800-519-4665. Information about the Fund (including the
SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Public Reference Room of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC) in Washington, DC. Information on the operation of
the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.
Reports and other information about the Fund are available on the SEC's Internet
site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon
payment of a duplicating fee, by writing the Public Reference Section of the
SEC, Washington, DC 20549-6009.

N O R T H W E S T E R N  M U T U A L  L I F E

INDIVIDUAL VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
for Retirement Plans of Self-Employed Persons
and Their Employees


NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A

NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.

RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS

P    R    O    S    P    E    C    T    U    S


Investment Company Act File Nos. 811-3990 and 811-5371


NORTHWESTERN
MUTUAL LIFE(R)

PO Box 3095
Milwaukee  WI  53201-3095

Change Service Requested




40902


<PAGE>   32

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


                           VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
       (for Retirement Plans of Self-Employed Persons and their Employees)

                         NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
                                (the "Account"),
                        a separate investment account of
                 The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
                          ("Northwestern Mutual Life")


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus but
        supplements and should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for
        the Contracts. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained from The
        Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, 720 East Wisconsin Avenue,
        Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, telephone number (414) 271-1444.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



        The Date of the Prospectus to which this Statement of Additional
        Information Relates is March 31, 2000.

        The Date of this Statement of Additional Information is March 31, 2000.






                                      B-1

<PAGE>   33





                          DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

      The Contracts are offered on a continuous basis exclusively through
individuals who, in addition to being life insurance agents of Northwestern
Mutual Life, are registered representatives of Northwestern Mutual Investment
Services, LLC ("NMIS").

      NMIS may be considered the underwriter of the Contracts for purposes of
the federal securities laws. The following amounts of commissions were paid on
sales of the Contracts, including commissions on sales of variable annuity
contracts to corporate pension plans, during each of the last three years:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Year               Amount
                    ----               ------
                   <S>              <C>
                    1999             $2,679,128
                    1998             $2,760,049
                    1997             $2,203,105

</TABLE>


                        DETERMINATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS

      The following discussion of the method for determining the amount of
monthly annuity payments under a variable payment plan is intended to be read in
conjunction with these sections of the prospectus for the Contracts: "Variable
Payment Plans", p. 14, including "Description of Payment Plans", p. 14, "Amount
of Annuity Payments", p. 14, and "Assumed Investment Rate", p. 14; "Dividends",
p. 15; "Net Investment Factor", p. 13; and "Deductions", p. 18.

      AMOUNT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS The amount of the first annuity payment under a
variable Payment Plan will be determined on the basis of the particular Payment
Plan selected, the annuity payment rate and, for plans involving life
contingencies, the Annuitant's adjusted age. The amount of the first payment is
the sum of the payments from each Division of the Account determined by applying
the appropriate annuity payment rate to the product of the number of
Accumulation Units in the Division on the effective date of the Payment Plan and
the Accumulation Unit value for the Division on that date. Annuity rates
currently in use are based on the 1983 a Table with age adjustment.

      Variable annuity payments after the first will vary from month to month
and will depend upon the number and value of Annuity Units credited to the
Annuitant. After the effective date of a Payment Plan a Contract will not share
in the divisible surplus of Northwestern Mutual Life.

      The number of Annuity Units in each Division is determined by dividing the
amount of the first annuity payment from the Division by the value of an Annuity
Unit on the effective date of the Payment Plan. The number of Annuity Units thus
credited to the Annuitant in each Division remains constant throughout the
annuity period. However, the value of Annuity Units in each Division will
fluctuate with the investment experience of the Division.

      The amount of each variable annuity payment after the first is the sum of
payments from each Division determined by multiplying this fixed number of
Annuity Units each month by the value of an Annuity Unit for the Division on (a)
the fifth valuation date prior to the payment due date if the payment due date
is a valuation date, or (b) the sixth valuation date prior to the payment due
date if the payment due date is not a valuation date. To illustrate, if a
payment due date falls on a Friday, Saturday or Sunday, the amount of the
payment will normally be based upon the Annuity Unit value calculated on the
preceding Friday. The preceding Friday would be the fifth valuation date prior
to the Friday due date, and the sixth valuation date prior to the Saturday or
Sunday due dates.



                                      B-2
<PAGE>   34

         ANNUITY UNIT VALUE The value of an Annuity Unit for each Division was
established at $1.00 as of the date operations began for that Division. The
value of an Annuity Unit on any later date varies to reflect the investment
experience of the Division, the Assumed Investment Rate on which the annuity
rate tables are based, and the deduction for mortality rate and expense risks
assumed by Northwestern Mutual Life.

         The Annuity Unit value for each Division on any valuation date is
determined by multiplying the Annuity Unit value on the immediately preceding
valuation date by two factors: (a) the net investment factor for the current
period for the Division; and (b) an adjustment factor to neutralize the Assumed
Investment Rate used in calculating the annuity rate tables.



         ILLUSTRATIONS OF VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS To illustrate the manner in
which variable annuity payments are determined consider this example. Item (4)
in the example shows the applicable monthly payment rate for an annuitant,
adjusted age 65, who has elected a life annuity Payment Plan with a certain
period of 10 years with an Assumed Investment Rate of 3-1/2% (Plan 2, as
described in the prospectus). The example is for a Contract with sex-distinct
rates.

<TABLE>

        <S>      <C>                                                                         <C>
         (1)      Assumed number of Accumulation Units in
                  Balanced Division on maturity date .......................................  25,000

         (2)      Assumed Value of an Accumulation Unit in
                  Balanced Division at maturity.............................................  $2.000000

         (3)      Cash Value of Contract at maturity, (1) X (2).............................  $50,000

         (4)      Assumed applicable monthly payment rate per
                  $1,000 from annuity rate table............................................  $5.35

         (5)      Amount of first payment from Balanced Division,
                  (3) X (4) divided by $1,000...............................................  $267.50

         (6)      Assumed Value of Annuity Unit in
                  Balanced Division at maturity.............................................  $1.500000

         (7)      Number of Annuity Units credited in
                  Balanced Division, (5) divided by (6).....................................  178.33
</TABLE>

The $50,000 value at maturity provides a first payment from the Balanced
Division of $267.50, and payments thereafter of the varying dollar value of
178.33 Annuity Units. The amount of subsequent payments from the Balanced
Division is determined by multiplying 178.33 units by the value of an Annuity
Unit in the Balanced Division on the applicable valuation date. For example, if
that unit value is $1.501000, the monthly payment from the Division will be
178.33 multiplied by $1.501000, or $267.68.

         However, the value of the Annuity Unit depends entirely on the
investment performance of the Division. Thus in the example above, if the net
investment rate for the following month was less than the Assumed Investment
Rate of 3-1/2%, the Annuity Unit would decline in value. If the Annuity Unit
value declined to $1.499000 the succeeding monthly payment would then be 178.33
X $1.499000, or $267.32.


         For the sake of simplicity the foregoing example assumes that all of
the Annuity Units are in the Balanced Division. If there are Annuity Units in
two or more Divisions, the annuity payment from each Division is calculated
separately, in the manner illustrated, and the total monthly payment is the sum
of the payments from the Divisions.

                                      B-3

<PAGE>   35


                       VALUATION OF ASSETS OF THE ACCOUNT

         The value of Portfolio or Fund shares held in each Division of the
Account at the time of each valuation is the redemption value of such shares at
such time. If the right to redeem shares of a Portfolio or Fund has been
suspended, or payment of redemption value has been postponed, for the sole
purpose of computing annuity payments the shares held in the Account (and
Annuity Units) may be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the
Board of Trustees of Northwestern Mutual Life.

                          TRANSFERABILITY RESTRICTIONS

         Ownership of a Contract cannot be changed or the Contract sold,
assigned or pledged as collateral for a loan, or for any other purpose, to any
person other than Northwestern Mutual Life; except, that if the Owner of the
Contract is a trustee of an employee trust qualified under the Code, or the
custodian of a custodial account treated as such, it may transfer the Contract
to a successor trustee or custodian. In addition, the trustee or custodian, as
well as the employer under a qualified non-trusted pension plan, may assign the
Contract to an employee upon termination of employment.


                                     EXPERTS

         The financial statements of the Account as of December 31, 1999 and for
each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1999 and of Northwestern
Mutual Life as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 and for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1999 included in this Statement of Additional
Information have been so included in reliance on the reports of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
provides audit services for the Account. The address of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP is 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1500, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.











                                       B-4

<PAGE>   36




                     Pages B-5 through B-11 are reserved for
                          pages    through    from the
                         December 31, 1999 Annual Report
                       for NML Variable Annuity Account A.







                                      B-5



<PAGE>   37













                                      B-6


<PAGE>   38




                                      B-7

<PAGE>   39





                                      B-8

<PAGE>   40







                                      B-9

<PAGE>   41




                                      B-10

<PAGE>   42







                                      B-11

<PAGE>   43



                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE


The following financial statements of Northwestern Mutual Life should be
considered only as bearing upon the ability of Northwestern Mutual Life to meet
its obligations under the Contracts.


             (pages B-12 through B-25 are reserved for the 12/31/99
                      Consolidated Financial Statements of
                 The Northwestern Mutual Life insurance Company)







                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                        part of the financial statements

                                      B-12


<PAGE>   44



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS...................................................................................B-2

DETERMINATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS...............................................................................B-2
         Amount of Annuity Payments.............................................................................B-2
         Annuity Unit Value.....................................................................................B-3
         Illustrations of Variable Annuity Payments.............................................................B-3

VALUATION OF ASSETS OF THE ACCOUNT..............................................................................B-4

TRANSFERABILITY RESTRICTIONS....................................................................................B-4

EXPERTS.........................................................................................................B-4

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE ACCOUNT.............................................................................B-5
(for the two years ended December 31, 1999)

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS..............................................................................B-11
(for the two years ended December 31, 1999)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE...............................................................B-12
(for the three years ended December 31, 1999)

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS..............................................................................B-25
(for the three years ended December 31, 1999)

</TABLE>





                                      B-26


<PAGE>   45







                                     PART C
                                OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.          Financial Statements and Exhibits
         (a)               Financial Statements
                           The financial statements of NML Variable Annuity
                           Account A and The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                           Company are included in the Statement of Additional
                           Information.

                           NML Variable Annuity Account A
                           (for the two years ended December 31, 1999)
                             Statement of Assets and Liabilities
                             Statement of Operations and Changes in Equity
                             Notes to Financial Statements
                             Report of Independent Accountants

                           The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
                           (for the three years ended December 31, 1999)
                             Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
                             Consolidated Summary of Operations
                             Consolidated Statement of Changes in Surplus
                             Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
                             Notes to Consolidated Statutory Financial
                             Statements Report of Independent Accountants

         (b)      Exhibits

                  Exhibit B(4)(a)           Flexible Payment Variable Annuity
                                            Front Load Contract, RR.V.A.
                                            (032000) (sex neutral)

                  Exhibit B(4)(a)(1)        Flexible Payment Variable Annuity
                                            Back Load Contract, RR.V.A.
                                            (032000) (sex neutral)

                  Exhibit B(4)(b)           Variable Annuity Front Load and Back
                                            Load Contract Payment Rate
                                            Tables, RR.V.A.B (032000), included
                                            in Exhibits B(4)(a) and B(4)(a)(1)
                                            above (sex distinct)

                  Exhibit B(4)(c)           Enhanced Death Benefit for Front
                                            Load and Back Load Contracts, VA.
                                            EDB. (032000), included in Exhibits
                                            B(4)(a) and B(4)(a)(1) above

                  Exhibit B(4)(d)           Waiver of  Withdrawal Charge for
                                            Back Load Contract, VA.WWC.
                                            (032000), included in Exhibit
                                            B(4)(a)(1) above

                  Exhibit B(5)              Application  forms  for Front  Load
                                            and Back  Load  Contracts,
                                            included in Exhibits B(4)(a) and
                                            B(4)(a)(1) above

                  Exhibit B(10)             Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
                                            LLP (to be filed by amendment)


Item 25. Directors and Officers of the Depositor

                                      C-1

<PAGE>   46


The following lists include all of the Trustees, executive officers and other
officers of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company as of January 1,
2000, without regard to their activities relating to variable annuity contracts
or their authority to act or their status as "officers" as that term is used for
certain purposes of the federal securities laws and rules thereunder.



TRUSTEES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                                          Business Address
- ----                                                          ----------------
<S>                                                          <C>
R. Quintus Anderson                                           Aarque Capital Corporation
                                                              20 West Fairmount Avenue
                                                              P.O. Box 109
                                                              Lakewood, NY 14750-0109

Edward E. Barr                                                Sun Chemical Corporation
                                                              222 Bridge Plaza South
                                                              Fort Lee, NJ  07024

Gordon T. Beaham III                                          Faultless Starch/Bon Ami Co.
                                                              1025 West Eighth Street
                                                              Kansas City, MO 64101

Robert C. Buchanan                                            Fox Valley Corporation
                                                              100 West Lawrence Street
                                                              P.O. Box 727
                                                              Appleton, WI  54911

Robert E. Carlson                                             The Northwestern Mutual Life
                                                              Insurance Company
                                                              720 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                                              Milwaukee, WI 53202

George A. Dickerman                                           Spalding Sports Worldwide
                                                              425 Meadow Street
                                                              P.O. Box 901
                                                              Chicopee, MA  01021-0901

Pierre S. du Pont                                             Richards, Layton and Finger
                                                              P.O. Box 551
                                                              1 Rodney Square
                                                              Wilmington, DE 19899

James D. Ericson                                              The Northwestern Mutual Life
                                                              Insurance Company
                                                              720 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                                              Milwaukee, WI 53202

J. E. Gallegos                                                Gallegos Law Firm
                                                              460 St. Michaels Drive
                                                              Building 300
                                                              Santa Fe, NM 87505
</TABLE>

                                      C-2


<PAGE>   47

<TABLE>

<S>                                                          <C>
Stephen N. Graff                                              805 Lone Tree Road
                                                              Elm Grove, WI 53122-2014

Patricia Albjerg Graham                                       Graduate School of Education
                                                              Harvard University
                                                              420 Gutman
                                                              Cambridge, MA  02138

Stephen F. Keller                                             101 South Las Palmas Avenue
                                                              Los Angeles, CA 90004

Barbara A. King                                               Landscape Structures, Inc.
                                                              Route 3
                                                              601-7th Street South
                                                              Delano, MN 55328

J. Thomas Lewis                                               228 St. Charles Avenue
                                                              Suite 1024
                                                              New Orleans, LA 70130

Daniel F. McKeithan, Jr.                                      Tamarack Petroleum Company, Inc.
                                                              Suite 1920
                                                              777 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                                              Milwaukee, WI 53202

Guy A. Osborn                                                 Universal Foods Corp.
                                                              433 East Michigan Street
                                                              Milwaukee, WI 53202

Timothy D. Proctor                                            Diageo plc
                                                              8 Henrietta Place
                                                              London W1M 9AG
                                                              United Kingdom

H. Mason Sizemore, Jr.                                        The Seattle Times
                                                              Fairview Avenue North and John Street
                                                              P.O. Box 70
                                                              Seattle, WA  98109

Harold B. Smith, Jr.                                          Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
                                                              3600 West Lake Avenue
                                                              Glenview, IL 60625-5811

Sherwood H. Smith, Jr.                                        Carolina Power & Light Company
                                                              411 Fayetteville Street Mall
                                                              P.O. Box 1551
                                                              Raleigh, NC  27602

Peter M. Sommerhauser                                         Godfrey & Kahn, S.C.
                                                              780 North Water Street
                                                              Milwaukee, WI 53202-3590
</TABLE>


                                      C-3

<PAGE>   48

<TABLE>

<S>                                                          <C>
John E. Steuri                                                Advanced Thermal Technologies
                                                              2102 Riverfront Drive, Suite 120
                                                              Little Rock, AR 72202-1747

John J. Stollenwerk                                           Allen-Edmonds Shoe Corporation
                                                              201 East Seven Hills Road
                                                              P.O. Box 998
                                                              Port Washington, WI 53074-0998

Barry L. Williams                                             Williams Pacific Ventures, Inc.
                                                              100 First Street
                                                              Suite 2350
                                                              San Francisco, CA 94105

Kathryn D. Wriston                                            c/o Shearman & Sterling
                                                              599 Lexington Avenue
                                                              Room 1126
                                                              New York, NY 10022
</TABLE>

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                        Title
- ----                                        -----
<S>                                        <C>
Deborah A. Beck                             Senior Vice President
William H. Beckley                          Senior Vice President
Robert J. Berdan                            Vice President
John M. Bremer                              Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
Peter W. Bruce                              Executive Vice President
Robert E. Carlson                           Executive Vice President and Trustee
Steven T. Catlett                           Vice President
Mark G. Doll                                Senior Vice President
Thomas E. Dyer                              Vice President
James D. Ericson                            President and Chief Executive Officer, Trustee
Richard L. Hall                             Senior Vice President
William C. Koenig, FSA                      Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary
Gary E. Long                                Vice President and Controller
Susan A. Lueger                             Vice President
Meridee J. Maynard                          Vice President
Donald L. Mellish                           Senior Vice President
Bruce L. Miller                             Senior Vice President
Gregory C. Oberland                         Vice President
Barbara F. Piehler                          Vice President
James F. Reiskytl                           Vice President
Mason G. Ross                               Senior Vice President
John E. Schlifske                           Vice President
Leonard F. Stecklein                        Senior Vice President - Policyowner Services
Frederic H. Sweet                           Senior Vice President
J. Edward Tippetts                          Vice President
Martha M. Valerio                           Vice President
W. Ward White                               Vice President
Walt J. Wojcik                              Senior Vice President
</TABLE>


                                      C-4

<PAGE>   49

<TABLE>
<S>                                        <C>
Edward J. Zore                              Executive Vice President
</TABLE>

OTHER OFFICERS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                                                   Title
- ----                                                                   -----
<S>                                                 <C>
John M. Abbott                                       Associate Director - Benefits Research
Carl G. Amick                                        Director - Disability Benefits
Thomas R. Anderson                                   Vice President - Marketing
Maria J. Avila                                       Assistant Controller
Michael J. Backus                                    Associate Director - Information Systems
John E. Bailey                                       Senior Actuary
Nicholas H. Bandow                                   Assistant Director - Information Systems
Lynn F. Bardele                                      Assistant Director - Field Training & Development
Margaret A. Barkley                                  Assistant Director
Walter L. Barlow                                     Assistant Director - Education
Rebekah B. Barsch                                    Director - NML Foundation
Sandra L. Barton                                     Assistant Director - Marketing
Bradford P. Bauer                                    Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
Beth M. Berger                                       Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Frederick W. Bessette                                Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Carrie L. Bleck                                      Assistant Director
D. Rodney Bluhm                                      Assistant General Counsel
Jessica J. Borgmann                                  Assistant Director - Agency Recruiting
Willette Bowie                                       Employee Relations Director
Martin R. Braasch                                    Director - Underwriting Standards & Services
Patricia R. Braeger                                  Associate Director - Information Systems
James A. Brewer                                      Investment Research Officer
William J. Buholzer                                  Employee Relations Director
Michael S. Bula                                      Assistant General Counsel
Jerry C. Burg                                        Associate Director - Field Benefits
Pency P. Byhardt                                     Assistant Director - New Business
Gregory B. Bynan                                     Director - Corporate Services
Kim M. Cafaro                                        Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
John E. Cain                                         Assistant Director - Life Benefits
Gwen C. Canady                                       Assistant Director-Mutual Funds
Shanklin B. Cannon, M.D.                             Medical Director - Life Products/Research
Terese J. Capizzi                                    Assistant Director
Kurt P. Carbon                                       Assistant Regional Director
John P. Carrick                                      Assistant Director - Investment Services
Michael G. Carter                                    Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
William W. Carter                                    Associate Actuary
John E. Caspari                                      Assistant Director - Advertising & Corporate
                                                       Information
Walter J. Chossek                                    Associate Controller
Thomas R. Christenson                                Director - Advanced Marketing
Eric P. Christophersen                               Associate Director
Alan E. Close                                        Associate Controller
Carolyn M. Colbert                                   Assistant Director - New Business
Margaret Winter Combe                                Director - Corporate Development
</TABLE>


                                      C-5

<PAGE>   50


<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Virginia A. Corwin                                   Assistant Director - New Business
Barbara E. Courtney                                  Associate Director - Mutual Funds
Dennis J. Darland                                    Assistant Director - Disability Income
Thomas H. Davis                                      Associate Director - Information Systems
Nicholas De Fino                                     Assistant Director
Carol A. Detlaf                                      Director - Annuity Administration
Colleen Devlin                                       Assistant Director - Communications
Glen W. DeZeeuw                                      Director - Agency Services
Joseph Dobering, III                                 Director - Underwriting Standards & Services
Jennifer L. Docea                                    Actuary
Lisa C. Dodd                                         Actuary
Richard P. Dodd                                      Assistant Director - Agency
Daniel C. Dougherty                                  Director - Personal Markets
Margaret T. Dougherty                                Assistant Director - Information Systems
John R. Dowell                                       Director - Workforce Diversity
William O. Drehfal                                   Assistant Director - Media Services
Steven J. Dryer                                      Associate Director
Jeffrey S. Dunn                                      Vice President
John E. Dunn                                         Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Somayajulu Durvasula                                 Associate Director - Field Financial
James R. Eben                                        Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Magda El Sayed                                       Assistant Director - Information Systems
Michael S. Ertz                                      Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
Thomas F. Fadden                                     Assistant Director - Information Systems
Christina H. Fiasca                                  Director - Policyowner Services
Zenia J. Fieldbinder                                 Assistant Director - Annuity Accumulation
Richard F. Fisher                                    Senior Actuary
Dennis J. Fitzpatrick                                Director - Advanced Marketing
Jon T. Flaschner                                     Director - Policyowner Services
Kate M. Fleming                                      Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Carol J. Flemma                                      Assistant Director - Marketing
John E. Fobes II                                     Assistant Director - Agency Services
Donald Forecki                                       Investment Officer
Phillip B. Franczyk                                  Vice President
Stephen H. Frankel                                   Vice President
Anne A. Frigo                                        Assistant Director - New Business
Richard R. Garthwait                                 Vice President - Field Financial
David L. Georgenson                                  Director - Agent Development
Timothy L. Gergens                                   Financial Officer
Paulette A. Getschman                                Assistant Director - Policyowner Services
James W. Gillespie                                   Vice President
Walter M. Givler                                     Director - Corporate Services
Robert P. Glazier                                    Director - New Business
Robert K. Gleeson, M.D.                              Vice President - Medical Director
Mark J. Gmach                                        Director - Agency
Jason G. Goetze                                      Assistant Director - Marketing
David Lee Gosse                                      Assistant Director - Disability Benefits
William F. Grady                                     Director of Field Finances
John M. Grogan                                       Director - Disability Income
Thomas C. Guay                                       Director - Field Financial
Gerald A. Haas                                       Assistant Director - Information Systems
</TABLE>


                                      C-6

<PAGE>   51

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Patricia Ann Hagen                                   Assistant Director - Information Systems
Ronald D. Hagen                                      Vice President
Lori A. Hanes                                        Director - Human Resources
William M. Harris                                    Assistant Regional Director - South
Dennis R. Hart                                       Assistant Director - Agent Development
James C. Hartwig                                     Vice President - Advanced Marketing
Paul F. Heaton                                       Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
William L. Hegge                                     Associate Director of Telecommunications
Wayne F. Heidenreich                                 Medical Director
Jacquelyn F. Heise                                   Associate Director - Information Systems
Robert L. Hellrood                                   Director - New Business
Herbert F. Hellwig                                   Assistant Director - Personal Markets
Jane A. Herman                                       Director - Term Upgrade
Gary M. Hewitt                                       Vice President & Treasurer
Donna R. Higgins                                     Associate Director - Information Systems
David L. Hilbert                                     Investment Officer
Karla D. Hill                                        Human Resource Officer
Susan G. Hill                                        Assistant Director
John D. Hillmer                                      Assistant Director - Information Systems
Hugh L. Hoffman                                      Assistant Director - Information Systems
Richard S. Hoffmann                                  Director - Audit
Terence J. Holahan                                   Assistant Director - Long Term Care Sales
Bruce Holmes                                         Associate Actuary
Elizabeth S. Idleman                                 Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Scott C. Iodice                                      Assistant Director - Agency
Joseph P. Jansky                                     Assistant Director - Corporate Planning
Michael D. Jaquint                                   Assistant Actuary
Dolores A. Juergens                                  Associate Director of Restaurant Operations
Mark Kaprelian                                       Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Marilyn J. Katz                                      Assistant Director - Medical Consultants
John C. Kelly                                        Associate Controller
Kevin C. Kennedy                                     Assistant Director - Architecture
James B. Kern                                        Regional Director - Central Region
Donald C. Kiefer                                     Vice President
Jason T. Klawonn                                     Assistant Actuary
Allen B. Kluz                                        Director - Field Financial
Beatrice C. Kmiec                                    Assistant Regional Director - East
James A. Koelbl                                      Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
John L. Kordsmeier                                   Director - Policyowner Services
Robert J. Kowalsky                                   Chief Architect
Carol L. Kracht                                      Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Martha Krawczak                                      Officer - Life and Disability
Jeffrey J. Krygiel                                   Assistant Actuary
Todd L. Laszewski                                    Associate Actuary
Patrick J. Lavin                                     Director - Disability Benefits
James L. Lavold                                      Associate Director - Meetings
Elizabeth J. Lentini                                 Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Sally Jo Lewis                                       Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Mark P. Lichtenberger                                Associate Director - LINK Technical Planning
Paul E. Lima                                         Vice President-International Insurance Operations
Steven M. Lindstedt                                  Assistant Director - Information Systems
</TABLE>


                                      C-7

<PAGE>   52

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Melissa C. Lloyd                                     Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
James Lodermeier                                     Assistant Director - Tax Planning
George R. Loxton                                     Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Mary M. Lucci                                        Director - New Business
Christine M. Lucia                                   Human Resources Officer
Mark J. Lucius                                       Corporate Information Officer
Merrill C. Lundberg                                  Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Jon K. Magalska                                      Associate Actuary
Jean M. Maier                                        Vice President - Life Benefits
Joseph Maniscalco                                    Associate Director - Information Systems
Raymond J. Manista                                   Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Steven C. Mannebach                                  Assistant Director - Field Financial Services
Jeffrey S. Marks                                     Multi Life, Research & Reinsurance Officer
Steve Martinie                                       Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Ted A. Matchulat                                     Actuarial Products Officer
Shawn P. Mauser                                      Assistant Director - Personal Markets
Margaret McCabe                                      Director - Policy Benefits Systems
Richard A. McComb                                    Director - Human Resources
William L. McCown                                    Vice President & Investment Counsel
Paul E. McElwee                                      Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
James L. McFarland                                   Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Daniel E. McGinley                                   Director - Management Development
Allan J. McDonell                                    Assistant Director - Equity Compliance
Mark J. McLennon                                     Assistant Director
Arthur J. Mees Jr.                                   Assistant Actuary
Robert J. Meiers                                     Ad Valorem Tax Manager
Larry S. Meihsner                                    Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Robert G. Meilander                                  Vice President
Richard E. Meyers                                    Assistant General Counsel
Patricia A. Michel                                   Assistant Director - Policyowner Services
Jay W. Miller                                        Vice President & Tax Counsel
Sara K. Miller                                       Vice President
Jill Mocarski                                        Associate Medical Director
Tom M. Mohr                                          Director of Policyowner Services - South
Richard C. Moore                                     Associate Actuary
Scott J. Morris                                      Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Sharon A. Morton                                     Investment Officer
Adrian J. Mullin                                     Assistant Director - Personal Markets
Timothy P. Murphy                                    Assistant Director-Marketing
Randolph J. Musil                                    Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
John E. Muth                                         Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
David K. Nelson                                      Assistant General Counsel
Ronald C. Nelson                                     Director
Timothy Nelson                                       Assistant Director - Marketing
Leon W. Nesbitt                                      Vice President-Agency
Karen M. Niessing                                    Director - Policyowner Services
Daniel J. O'Meara                                    Director - Field Financial
Mary Joy O'Meara                                     Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
Kathleen A. Oman                                     Associate Director - Information Systems
Thomas A. Pajewski                                   Investment Research Officer
Arthur V. Panighetti                                 Director - Tax Planning
</TABLE>


                                       C-8

<PAGE>   53

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Christen L. Partleton                                Associate Director - Policyowner Services
Jeffrey L. Pawlowski                                 Assistant Director - Agency Development
David W. Perez                                       Assistant General Counsel
Judith L. Perkins                                    Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Wilson D. Perry                                      Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Gary N. Peterson                                     Actuary
John C. Peterson                                     Director of Policyowner Services - West
Harvey W. Pogoriler                                  Assistant General Counsel
Randolph R. Powell, M.D.                             Medical Director
Mark A. Prange                                       Associate Director - Information Systems
Brian R. Pray                                        Assistant Regional Director - New Business
Thomas O. Rabenn                                     Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
David R. Remstad                                     Senior Actuary
David R. Retherford                                  Assistant Director of New Business - Central
Stephen M. Rhode                                     Assistant Director - Qualified Benefits
Richard R. Richter                                   Vice President
Daniel A. Riedl                                      Assistant General Counsel
Marcia Rimai                                         Vice President - Litigation Counsel
Kathleen M. Rivera                                   Vice President - Insurance Counsel
Faith B. Rodenkirk                                   Assistant Director - Group Marketing
James S. Rolfsmeyer                                  Assistant Director - Information Systems
Lora A. Rosenbaum                                    Director - New Business
Robert K. Roska                                      Associate Director - Information Systems
Sue M. Roska                                         Director - Systems and Services
Harry L. Ruppenthal                                  Director of Policyowner Services - East
Stephen G. Ruys                                      Assistant Director - Information Systems
Rose Kordich Sasich                                  Assistant Director of Systems
Mary Ann Schachtner                                  Director - Field Training & Development
Linda Ann Schaefer                                   Assistant Director - Marketing
Timothy G. Schaefer                                  Assistant Director - Investment Services Architecture
Thomas F. Scheer                                     Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Carlen A. Schenk                                     Associate Director
Jane A. Schiltz                                      Vice President - Disability Income
Kathleen H. Schluter                                 Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Calvin R. Schmidt                                    Associate Director - Information Systems
Rodd Schneider                                       Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Sarah R. Schneider                                   Assistant Director - Corporate Project
John O. Schnorr                                      Assistant Director
Margaret R. Schoewe                                  Vice President - Information Systems
John F. Schroeder                                    Associate Director of Field Office Real Estate
Donna L. Schwartz                                    Assistant Director - Customer Service
Melva T. Seabron                                     Director - Corporate Services
Norman W. Seguin, II                                 Investment Officer - Ad Valorem Taxes
Catherine L. Shaw                                    Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
John E. Sheaffer, Jr.                                Assistant Director - Agent Development
Janet Z. Silverman                                   Director - New Business
Stephen M. Silverman                                 Assistant General Counsel
David W. Simbro                                      Managing Director - Life Marketing
Paul W. Skalecki                                     Associate Actuary
Cynthia S. Slavik                                    Assistant Director - Environmental Engineer
Landon T. Smith                                      Assistant Director - Replacements
</TABLE>


                                      C-9

<PAGE>   54

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Mark W. Smith                                        Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Warren L. Smith, Jr.                                 Investment Officer - Architecture
Steven W. Speer                                      Director - Annuity & Mutual Fund Marketing
Robert J. Spellman, M.D.                             Vice President & Chief Medical Director
Steve P. Sperka                                      Assistant Actuary
Mark A. Stalsberg                                    Assistant Director - Agency
Barbara J. Stansberry                                Director - New Business
Bonnie L. Steindorf                                  Director - Department Operations
Steven H. Steidinger                                 Assistant Director - Marketing
Karen J. Stevens                                     Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Steven J. Stribling                                  Associate Actuary
Stephen J. Strommen                                  Associate Actuary
Theodore H. Strupp                                   Assistant Director
Daniel J. Suprenant                                  Director - Group Disability Marketing
Victoria A. Sweigart                                 Human Resources Officer
Rachel L. Taknint                                    Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Thomas Talajkowski                                   Assistant Director - Tax Compliance
Paul B. Tews                                         Director - Investment Planning
Deanna L. Tillisch                                   Assistant Director - Media Relations
Susan M. Tompkins                                    Director - Agency
Thomas W. Towers                                     Associate Director - Public Relations
Gloria E. Tracy                                      Assistant Director - Marketing
Linda K. Tredupp                                     Assistant Director - Information Systems
Chris G. Trost                                       Associate Actuary
Mark J. Van Cleave                                   Assistant Director of Marketing Research
Michael T. Van Grinsven                              Assistant Director - Management Development
Mary Beth Van Groll                                  Vice President - Information Systems
Gloria J. Venski                                     Associate Director - Disability Benefits
Janine L. Wagner                                     Assistant Director - Investment Services
Scott E. Wallace                                     Assistant Director - Projects
Hal W. Walter                                        Vice President
P. Andrew Ware                                       Vice President
Mary L. Wehrle-Schnell                               Associate Director - Information Systems
Daniel T. Weidner                                    Assistant Director - Information Systems
Joel S. Weiner                                       Assistant Medical Director
Ronald J. Weir                                       Associate Director - Information Systems
Kenneth R. Wentland                                  Assistant Director of Policyowner Services - East
David B. Wescoe                                      Vice President to President
Sandra D. Wesley                                     Associate Director of Special Projects
Catherine A. Wilbert                                 Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
David L. Wild                                        Director - Corporate Services
Donald R. Wilkinson                                  Vice President - Agency
Jeffrey B. Williams                                  Risk Manager
John K. Wilson                                       Director - Personal Markets
Penelope A. Woodcock                                 Associate Director - Benefit Systems
Richard W. Woody                                     Assistant Director - Agency
Stanford A. Wynn                                     Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
Catherine M. Young                                   Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
Michael L. Youngman                                  Vice President - Legislative Representative
James A. Youngquist                                  Associate Actuary
Richard S. Zakrzewski                                Associate Research Officer
</TABLE>


                                      C-10

<PAGE>   55

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
John Zao                                             Assistant Director - Information Systems
Diana M. Zawada                                      Associate Director
Rick T. Zehner                                       Director - Corporate Planning
Patricia A. Zimmermann                               Investment Officer - Real Estate Systems
Ray Zimmermann                                       Director - LINK Information Network
Philip R. Zwieg                                      Vice President - Technical Support
Robert E. Zysk                                       Director - Tax Compliance
</TABLE>


The business addresses for all of the executive officers and other officers is
720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

Item 26. Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control with the Depositor or
         Registrant

         The subsidiaries of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
("Northwestern Mutual Life"), as of August 31, 1999 are set forth on pages C-12
and C-13. In addition to the subsidiaries set forth pages on C-12 and C-13, the
following separate investment accounts (which include the Registrant) may be
deemed to be either controlled by, or under common control with, Northwestern
Mutual Life:

         1.       NML Variable Annuity Account A
         2.       NML Variable Annuity Account B
         3.       NML Variable Annuity Account C
         4.       Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account

         Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and Russell Insurance Funds (the
"Funds"), shown on page C-12 as subsidiaries of Northwestern Mutual Life, are
investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
offering their shares to the separate accounts identified above; and the shares
of the Funds held in connection with certain of the accounts are voted by
Northwestern Mutual Life in accordance with voting instructions obtained from
the persons who own, or are receiving payments under, variable annuity contracts
or variable life insurance policies issued in connection with the accounts, or
in the same proportions as the shares which are so voted.



                                      C-11


<PAGE>   56


                            NML CORPORATE STRUCTURE*
                             (AS OF AUGUST 31, 1999)

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
     General Account
     NML Variable Annuity Account A
     NML Variable Annuity Account B
     NML Variable Annuity Account C
     NML Group Annuity Separate Account
     NML Variable Life Account
     Eiger Corporation - 100%
     Frank Russell Company and its subsidiaries - 100%
     Bradford, Inc. 100%
     NML/Tallahassee, Inc. - 100%
     Northwestern Investment Management Company - 100%
     Northwestern Mutual Las Vegas, Inc. - 100%
     Northwestern Long Term Care Insurance Company - 100%
     Northwestern International Holdings, Inc. - 100%
     Northwestern Foreign Holdings B.V. - 100%
     Saskatoon Centre, Limited (inactive) - 100%
     Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (and its 11 portfolios) - 100%
     Russell Insurance Funds (and its 5 funds) - 70.8%
     Mason Street Funds, Inc. (and its 11 funds) - 77.03%
     MGIC Investment Corporation - 10.5%. MGIC holds 100% of the voting stock of
     the following:
      Mortgage Guaranty Reinsurance Corporation, MGIC, MGIC Reinsurance
      Corporation of Wisconsin, MGIC Mortgage Insurance Corporation, and various
      subsidiaries.
     Baird Financial Corporation - 80%. Baird Financial Corporation holds 83% of
      the voting stock of Robert W. Baird & Co., Incorporated and various
      subsidiaries.
     Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC - 100%
     Northwestern Reinsurance Holdings N.V. - 100%
     Northwestern Financial Group LLC - 100%



NML REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC - 100%
<TABLE>
    <S>                                          <C>
     The Grand Avenue Corporation - 98.54%        Burgundy, Inc. - 100%
     Marina Pacific, Ltd. - 100%                  Amber, Inc. - 100%
     Solar Resources, Inc. - 100%                 Olive, Inc. - 100%
     Rocket Sports, Inc. (inactive) - 100%        Bayridge, Inc. - 100%
     Summit Sports, Inc. - 100%                   Ryan, Inc. - 100%
     Greenway Sports, Inc. - 100%                 Pembrook, Inc. - 100%
     RE Corporation - 100%                        PBClub, Inc. - 100%
     INV Corp. - 100%                             Diversey, Inc. - 100%
     Buffalo Promotions, Inc. - 100%              Larkin, Inc. - 100%
     NW Greenway #1 (inactive) - 100%             Russet, Inc. - 100%
     NW Greenway #9 - 100%
     Logan, Inc. - 100%
     Mitchell, Inc. - 100%
     Cass Corporation - 100%
</TABLE>


*Except for MGIC Investment Corporation and its subsidiaries, includes all NML
mutual funds and other corporations of which more than 50% ownership is
controlled by NML.


                                      C-12




<PAGE>   57


                       NML CORPORATE STRUCTURE, CONTINUED*
                             (AS OF AUGUST 31, 1999)



NML SECURITIES HOLDINGS, LLC-100%
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                <C>
     NW Pipeline, Inc. - 100%                           Kristina International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Painted Rock Development Corporation - 100%        NML/Mid Atlantic, Inc. - 100%
     NML Development Corporation - 100%
     Stadium and Arena Management, Inc. - 100%
     Carlisle Ventures, Inc. - 100%
     Park Forest Northeast, Inc. - 100%
     Travers International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Highbrook International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Elderwood International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Mallon International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Higgins, Inc. - 100%
     Hobby, Inc. - 100%
     Baraboo, Inc. - 100%
     Elizabeth International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Sean International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Alexandra International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Brian International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Jack International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Brendan International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Justin International FSC, Inc. - 100%
     Mason & Marshall, Inc. - 100%
     North Van Buren, Inc. - 100%
     Northwestern Mutual Life
       International, Inc. - 100%
     White Oaks, Inc. - 100%
     Hazel, Inc. - 100%
     Maroon, Inc. - 100%
     Coral, Inc. - 100%
     Lydell, Inc. - 100%
     Klode, Inc. - 100%
     Chateau, Inc. - 100%
     Lake Bluff, Inc. - 100%
     Nicolet, Inc. - 100%
     Tupelo, Inc. - 100%
     KerryAnne International Sales, Inc. - 100%
     Regina International Sales, Inc. - 100%
</TABLE>





*Except for MGIC Investment Corporation and its subsidiaries, includes all NML
mutual funds and other corporations of which more than 50% ownership is
controlled by NML.


                                      C-13


<PAGE>   58


Item 27. Number of Contract Owners

         As of December 31, 1999, 16,950 variable annuity contracts issued in
connection with NML Variable Annuity Account A were outstanding. All such
contracts were issued as contracts for plans qualifying for special treatment
under various provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

Item 28. Indemnification

         That portion of the By-laws of Northwestern Mutual Life relating to
indemnification of Trustees and officers is set forth in full in Article VII of
the By-laws of Northwestern Mutual Life, amended by resolution and previously
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

Item 29. Principal Underwriters

         (a) Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC ("NMIS"), the
broker-dealer subsidiary of Northwestern Mutual Life, may be considered the
principal underwriter currently distributing securities of the Registrant. NMIS
is also co-depositor, and may be considered the principal underwriter, for NML
Variable Annuity Account B and Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account,
separate investment accounts of Northwestern Mutual Life registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 as unit investment trusts. In addition NMIS is
the investment adviser for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.

         (b) The directors and officers of NMIS are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                                                        Position
- ----                                                                        ---------
<S>                                                     <C>
Maria J. Avila                                            Assistant Treasurer
Barbara Bay                                               Assistant Director, Equity Compliance, NMIS Office of
                                                            Supervisory Jurisdiction
Deborah A. Beck                                           Director and Vice President, Variable Life Administration
William H. Beckley                                        Executive Vice President, Sales
Peter W. Bruce                                            Director
Robert E. Carlson                                         Director
Thomas A. Carroll                                         Vice President - Common Stocks
Walter J. Chossek                                         Treasurer
Barbara E. Courtney                                       Assistant Treasurer
Jefferson V. De Angelis                                   Vice President - Fixed Income Securities
Mark G. Doll                                              Executive Vice President, Investment Advisory Services
James R. Eben                                             Assistant Secretary
Richard L. Hall                                           Vice President, Variable Life Marketing
Lisa M. Heise                                             Assistant Director, Equity Compliance, NMIS Office of
                                                            Supervisory Jurisdiction
Laila V. Hick                                             Assistant Director, Equity Compliance, NMIS Office of
                                                            Supervisory Jurisdiction
Beatrice C. Kmiec                                         Assistant Vice President, Variable Life Administration
Merrill C. Lundberg                                       Secretary
Meridee J. Maynard                                        President and CEO
Allan J. McDonell                                         Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Ignatius L. Smetek                                        Vice President - Common Stocks
Leonard F. Stecklein                                      Vice President - Trust Services
Steven P. Swanson                                         Vice President
</TABLE>


                                      C-14

<PAGE>   59

<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
Carla A. Thoke                                            Director, Equity Compliance, NMIS Office of Supervisory
                                                            Jurisdiction
J. Edwards Tippetts                                       Vice President, Sales Support
Julie Van Cleave                                          Vice President - Common Stocks
Patricia L. Van Kampen                                    Vice President - Common Stocks
William R. Walker                                         Vice President
Robert J. Ziegler                                         Assistant Treasurer
Edward J. Zore                                            Director
</TABLE>

The address for each director and officer of NMIS is 720 East Wisconsin Avenue,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

         (c) During 1999 life insurance agents of Northwestern Mutual Life who
are also registered representatives of NMIS received commissions, including
general agent overrides, in the aggregate amount of $2,679,128 for sales of
variable annuity contracts, and interests therein, issued in connection with the
Registrant. NMIS received compensation for its investment advisory services from
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., the investment company in which assets of
the Registrant are invested.

Item 30. Location of Accounts and Records

         All accounts, books or other documents required to be maintained in
connection with the Registrant's operations are maintained in the physical
possession of Northwestern Mutual Life at 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin 53202.

Item 31. Management Services

         There are no contracts, other than those referred to in Part A or Part
B of this Registration Statement, under which management-related services are
provided to the Registrant and pursuant to which total payments of $5,000 or
more were made during any of the last three fiscal years.

Item 32. Undertakings

         (a) The Registrant undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to
this Registration Statement as frequently as is necessary to ensure that the
audited financial statements in the Registration Statement are never more than
16 months old for so long as payments under the variable annuity contracts may
be accepted.

         (b) The Registrant undertakes to include either (1) as part of any
application to purchase a contract offered by the prospectus, a space that an
applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or (2) a
post card or similar written communication affixed to or included in the
prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional
Information.

         (c) The Registrant undertakes to deliver any Statement of Additional
Information and any financial statements required to be made available under
this Form promptly upon written or oral request.

         (d) Reference is made to the indemnification provisions disclosed in
response to Item 28. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under
the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim
for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the registered securities, the Registrant


                                      C-15


<PAGE>   60

will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
issue.













                                      C-16

<PAGE>   61




                                   SIGNATURES

         As required by the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant, NML Variable
Annuity Account A, has duly caused this Amended Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf, in the City of Milwaukee, and State of Wisconsin, on the
27th day of January, 2000.

                                           NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
                                           (Registrant)

                                           By THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
                                            INSURANCE COMPANY
                                            (Depositor)

Attest: JOHN M. BREMER                     By:JAMES D.ERICSON
       ------------------------------         ----------------------------------
        John M. Bremer, Executive Vice        James D. Ericson, President
         President, General Counsel            and Chief Executive Officer
         and Secretary

         As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Amended Registration
Statement has been signed by the depositor on the 27th day of January, 2000.

                                           THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
                                           INSURANCE COMPANY
                                           (Depositor)

Attest: JOHN M. BREMER                     By:JAMES D. ERICSON
       -------------------------------        ----------------------------------
        John M. Bremer, Executive Vice        James D. Ericson, President
         President, General Counsel            and Chief Executive Officer
         and Secretary

         As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Amended Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities with the
depositor and on the dates indicated:

Signature                                   Title
- ---------                                   -----

                                            Trustee, President and
JAMES D. ERICSON                            Principal Executive and
- -----------------------------------------   Financial Officer
James D. Ericson


GARY E. LONG                                Vice President, Controller
- -----------------------------------------   and Principal Accounting
Gary E. Long                                Officer


HAROLD B. SMITH*                            Trustee               Dated
- -----------------------------------------                    January 27, 2000
Harold B. Smith

                                      C-17



<PAGE>   62


J. THOMAS LEWIS*                               Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
J. Thomas Lewis


PATRICIA ALBJERG GRAHAM*                       Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Patricia Albjerg Graham*


R. QUINTUS ANDERSON*                           Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
R. Quintus Anderson


STEPHEN F. KELLER*                             Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Stephen F. Keller


PIERRE S. du PONT*                             Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Pierre S. du Pont


J. E. GALLEGOS*                                Trustee            Dated
- ----------------------------------------                     January 27, 2000
J. E. Gallegos


KATHRYN D. WRISTON*                            Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Kathryn D. Wriston


BARRY L. WILLIAMS*                             Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Barry L. Williams


GORDON T. BEAHAM III*                          Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Gordon T. Beaham III


DANIEL F. McKEITHAN, JR.*                      Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Daniel F. McKeithan, Jr.


ROBERT E. CARLSON*                             Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Robert E. Carlson


EDWARD E. BARR*                                Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Edward E. Barr


ROBERT C. BUCHANAN*                            Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Robert C. Buchanan


                                      C-18


<PAGE>   63


SHERWOOD H. SMITH, JR.*                        Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Sherwood H. Smith, Jr.


H. MASON SIZEMORE, JR.*                        Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
H. Mason Sizemore, Jr.


JOHN J. STOLLENWERK*                           Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Stollenwerk


GEORGE A. DICKERMAN*                           Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
George A. Dickerman


GUY A. OSBORN*                                 Trustee            Dated
- ----------------------------------------                     January 27, 2000
Guy A. Osborn


JOHN E. STEURI*                                Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
John E. Steuri


STEPHEN N. GRAFF*                              Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Stephen N. Graff


BARBARA A. KING*                               Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Barbara A. King


TIMOTHY D. PROCTOR*                            Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Timothy D. Proctor


PETER M. SOMMERHAUSER                          Trustee
- ----------------------------------------
Peter M. Sommerhauser

*By:  JAMES D. ERICSON
    ------------------------------------
      James D. Ericson, Attorney in Fact,
      pursuant to the Power of Attorney
      attached hereto


                                      C-19


<PAGE>   64


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The undersigned Trustees of THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY hereby constitute and appoint James D. Ericson and Robert E. Carlson, or
either of them, their true and lawful attorneys and agents to sign the names of
the undersigned Trustees to (1) the registration statement or statements to be
filed under the Securities Act of 1933 and to any instrument or document filed
as part thereof or in connection therewith or in any way related thereto, and
any and all amendments thereto in connection with variable contracts issued or
sold by The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company or any separate account
credited therein and (2) the Form 10-K Annual Report or Reports of The
Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and/or its separate accounts for its
or their fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 to be filed under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and to any instrument or document filed as part thereof or
in connection therewith or in any way related thereto, and any and all
amendments thereto. "Variable contracts" as used herein means any contracts
providing for benefits or values which may vary according to the investment
experience of any separate account maintained by The Northwestern Mutual Life
Insurance Company, including variable annuity contracts and variable life
insurance policies. Each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all
that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has subscribed these
presents this 28th day of July, 1999.


                               R. QUINTUS ANDERSON                  Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               R. Quintus Anderson


                               EDWARD E. BARR                       Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Edward E. Barr



                               GORDON T. BEAHAM III                 Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Gordon T. Beaham III



                               ROBERT C. BUCHANAN                   Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Robert C. Buchanan



                               ROBERT E. CARLSON                    Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Robert E. Carlson



                               GEORGE A. DICKERMAN                  Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               George A. Dickerman


                                      C-20


<PAGE>   65





                               PIERRE S. du PONT                    Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Pierre S. du Pont



                               JAMES D. ERICSON                     Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               James D. Ericson



                               J. E. GALLEGOS                       Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               J. E. Gallegos



                               STEPHEN N. GRAFF                     Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Stephen N. Graff



                               PATRICIA ALBJERG GRAHAM              Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Patricia Albjerg Graham



                               STEPHEN F. KELLER                    Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Stephen F. Keller



                               BARBARA A. KING                      Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Barbara A. King



                               J. THOMAS LEWIS                      Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               J. Thomas Lewis



                               DANIEL F. McKEITHAN, JR              Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Daniel F. McKeithan, Jr.



                               GUY A. OSBORN                        Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Guy A. Osborn


<PAGE>   66





                               TIMOTHY D. PROCTOR                   Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Timothy D. Proctor



                               H. MASON SIZEMORE, JR.               Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               H. Mason Sizemore, Jr.



                               HAROLD B. SMITH                      Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Harold B, Smith



                               SHERWOOD H. SMITH, JR.               Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Sherwood H. Smith, Jr.



                               PETER M. SOMMERHAUSER                Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Peter M. Sommerhauser



                               JOHN E. STEURI                       Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               John E. Steuri



                               JOHN J. STOLLENWERK                  Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               John J. Stollenwerk



                               BARRY L. WILLIAMS                    Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Barry L. Williams



                               KATHRYN D. WRISTON                   Trustee
                               --------------------------------
                               Kathryn D. Wriston


                                      C-22

<PAGE>   67

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
                          EXHIBITS FILED WITH FORM N-4
                        POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                       FOR
                         NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit Number                              Exhibit Name
- --------------                              ------------

<S>                    <C>
Exhibit B(4)(a)          Flexible Payment Variable Annuity Front Load Contract, RR.V.A.
                         (032000)(sex neutral)

Exhibit B(4)(a)(1)       Flexible Payment Variable Annuity Back Load Contract, RR.V.A.
                         (032000)(sex neutral)

Exhibit B(4)(b)          Variable Annuity Front Load and Back Load Contract Payment Rate
                         Tables, RR.V.A.B (032000), included in Exhibits B(4)(a) and
                         B(4)(a)(1) above (sex distinct)

Exhibit B(4)(c)          Enhanced Death Benefit for Front Load and Back Load Contracts, VA.
                         EDB.(032000), included in Exhibits B(4)(a) and B(4)(a)(1) above

Exhibit B(4)(d)          Waiver of  Withdrawal Charge for Back Load Contract, VA.WWC.
                         (032000), included in Exhibit B(4)(a)(1) above

Exhibit B(5)             Application forms for Front Load and Back Load Contracts, included
                         in Exhibits B(4)(a) and B(4)(a)(1) above

Exhibit B(10)            Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (to be filed by amendment)

</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1
                                 EXHIBIT B(4)(a)

    The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company agrees to pay the benefits
         provided in this contract, subject to its terms and conditions.
                Signed at Milwaukee, Wisconsin on the Issue Date.

                                    (signed)
                           President and CEO Secretary


                 FLEXIBLE PAYMENT VARIABLE ANNUITY - ACCOUNT A
  Net Purchase Payments accumulated in a Separate Account, assets of which are
  invested in shares of one or more mutual funds, or Guaranteed Interest Fund.

               Contract benefits payable in one sum or as variable
                     or guaranteed monthly income. Variable
                 Payment Plan benefits described in Section 11.

                                 Participating.

AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS AND VARIABLE PAYMENTS
PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT BUT ARE
VARIABLE AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE TO REFLECT THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF
THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.

RIGHT TO RETURN CONTRACT. Please read this contract carefully. The Owner may
return the contract for any reason within ten days after receiving it. Return of
the contract is effective on the date written notice of the return is delivered,
mailed or sent by telegram to either The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
Company, 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 or the agent who
sold the contract. If returned, the contract will be cancelled and the Company
will refund the sum of (a) the difference between the Purchase Payments paid and
the amounts, if any, allocated to the Separate Account plus (b) the value of the
Accumulation Units of the Separate Account on the effective date of return.




             CONTRACT NUMBER                 12 345 678

             PRIMARY ANNUITANT               John J. Doe

             ISSUE DATE                      March 31, 2000         Sex Neutral




<PAGE>   2




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTRACT INFORMATION, INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS

CHARGES AND FEES

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS, ACCUMULATION VALUE, PAYMENT PLANS

SECTION 1.  GENERAL TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

SECTION 2.  SEPARATE ACCOUNT
o    Separate Account
o    Accumulation Units
o    Net Investment Factor
o    Substitution and Change

SECTION 3.  GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND
o    Guaranteed Interest Fund
o    Accumulation Value
o    Transfer Restrictions
o    Maximum Guaranteed Interest Fund Accumulation Value
o    Table of Guaranteed Values

SECTION 4.  PURCHASE PAYMENTS, TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS
o    Payment of Purchase Payments
o    Application of Purchase Payments
o    Selection of Investment Account for Purchase Payments
o    Transfer of Accumulation Value
o    Withdrawals and Full Surrender
o    Effective Date

SECTION 5.  BENEFITS
o    Maturity Benefit
o    Death Benefit if Annuitant is an Owner
o    Death Benefit if Annuitant is not an Owner

SECTION 6.  BENEFICIARIES AND CONTINGENT ANNUITANTS
o    Naming and Changing of Beneficiaries
o    Succession in Interest of Beneficiaries
o    Trustee as Beneficiary
o    General
o    Naming and Changing a Contingent Annuitant

<PAGE>   3

SECTION 7.  CHARGES AND FEES
o    Sales Load and Premium Taxes
o    Contract Fee

SECTION 8.  OWNERSHIP
o    The Owner
o    Transfer of Ownership
o    Naming and Changing a Successor Owner
o    Collateral Assignment
o    Voting Rights and Reports to Owners

SECTION 9.  THE CONTRACT
o    Guarantees
o    Valuation of Separate Account Assets
o    Determination of Separate Account Values
o    Deferment of Benefit Payments
o    Dividends
o    Incontestability
o    Misstatements
o    Entire contract; Changes
o    Termination of Contract.


SECTION 10.  PAYMENT OF CONTRACT BENEFITS
o    Payment of Benefits
o    Death Benefit
o    Effective Date for Payment Plan
o    Payment Plan Elections

SECTION 11.  PAYMENT PLANS
o    Description of Payment Plans
o    Allocation of Benefits
o    Annuity Units under Variable Payment Plans
o    Payments under Variable Payment Plans
o    Transfers Involving Variable Payment Plans
o    Withdrawal under Payment Plans
o    Naming and Changing of Beneficiaries under Payment Plans
o    Succession in Interest of Beneficiaries under Payment Plans
o    Payment Plan Rates


<PAGE>   4



ADDITIONAL BENEFITS (IF ANY)

APPLICATION

                                  ENDORSEMENTS
                to be made only by the Company at the Home Office



<PAGE>   5



                                        CONTRACT INFORMATION

         CONTRACT NUMBER                12 345 678

         PLAN                           Flexible Payment Variable Annuity

         ADDITIONAL BENEFITS            Enhanced Death Benefit

         TAX REPORTING CATEGORY         Pension Annuity

         PRIMARY ANNUITANT              John J. Doe
         AGE AND SEX                    35       Male
         OWNER                          John J. Doe, the Annuitant

         ISSUE DATE                     March 31,2000
         CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY           March 31, 2001 and each March 31
                                        thereafter
         MATURITY DATE                  March 31, 2050

         DIRECT BENEFICIARY             Jane K. Doe, Wife of the Annuitant


                               INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS

         On the Issue Date, Net Purchase Payments and contract values may be
         allocated among the following Investment Accounts. Available Separate
         Account Divisions are subject to change. See Section 2.1.

         Divisions of Separate Account A:
                  Select Bond Division
                  International Equity Division
                  Money Market Division
                  Balanced Division
                  Index 500 Stock Division
                  Aggressive Growth Stock Division
                  High Yield Bond Division
                  Growth Stock Division
                  Growth and Income Stock Division
                  Index 400 Stock Division
                  Small Cap Growth Stock Division
                  Russell Multi-Style Equity Division
                  Russell Aggressive Equity Division
                  Russell Non-US Division
                  Russell Core Bond Division
                  Russell Real Estate Securities Division

         Guaranteed Accounts:
                  Guaranteed Interest Fund


                                     Page 3

<PAGE>   6



                                        CONTRACT NUMBER   12 345 678

         CHARGES AND FEES

         DEDUCTION FROM PURCHASE PAYMENTS:
                  SALES LOAD  (See Section 7.1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Total Purchase Payments                                        Amount Deducted
                  Paid Under the Contract                                     From Purchase Payment
<S>                                                                           <C>
                            First          $100,000                                   4.5%
                            Next           $400,000                                   2.0%
                            Next           $500,000                                   1.0%
                            Balance over $1,000,000                                   0.5%
</TABLE>

                  PREMIUM TAX(See Section 7.1):
                           For the first Contract Year, Premium Taxes are not
                           deducted from Purchase Payments. After the first
                           Contract Year, the Company may deduct Premium Taxes
                           from Purchase Payments received or benefits paid.

         ANNUAL MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE (See Section 2.3):
                  0.50% at Issue; 0.75% Maximum

         ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE (See Section 7.2):
                  $30 charged on the contract anniversary. The contract fee will
                  be waived if the Accumulation Value of the contract equals or
                  exceeds $25,000 on the contract anniversary.

         ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT CHARGE
                  0.10% of the Enhanced Death Benefit on each contract
                  anniversary.

         TRANSFER FEE (See Sections 4.4 and 11.5):
                  $25 beginning with the thirteenth transfer in any Contract
                  Year.


         MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS, ACCUMULATION VALUE, PAYMENT PLANS

         MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENT (See Section 4.1): $25

         MINIMUM ACCUMULATION VALUE (See Sections 5.2 and 9.9):  $2,000

         MINIMUM PAYMENT UNDER PAYMENT PLAN (See Sections 9.9 and 10.1): $50
         Monthly Income.




                                     Page 4


<PAGE>   7



                                     CONTRACT NUMBER           12 345 678

              GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND - TABLE OF GUARANTEED VALUES

The table shows minimum guaranteed values and assumes a $10,000 Purchase Payment
made at the time of issue followed by subsequent $1,000 Purchase Payments made
annually thereafter on each contract anniversary. The values are based on the
assumption that 100% of all net Purchase Payments are allocated to, and remain
in, the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         End of
        Contract                                Accumulation         Cash
          Year             March 31                Value             Value
<S>                        <C>                 <C>               <C>
            1                2001               $     9,836       $     9,836
            2                2002                    11,084            11,084
            3                2003                    12,369            12,369
            4                2004                    13,693            13,693
            5                2005                    15,057            15,057

            6                2006                    16,461            16,461
            7                2007                    17,908            17,908
            8                2008                    19,398            19,398
       Age 70                2035                    82,877            82,877
</TABLE>

This table is based on the guaranteed annual effective interest rate of 3%.
Higher declared rates of interest will increase values. Values shown at the end
of contract years do not reflect any Purchase Payments paid on that contract
anniversary. The actual guaranteed values may differ from those shown above,
depending on the amount and frequency of Purchase Payments.



                                     Page 4A


<PAGE>   8



                    SECTION 1. GENERAL TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

ACCUMULATION UNIT                   A unit of measure used to determine the
                                    value of the interest of this contract in
                                    the Separate Account prior to the date on
                                    which amounts are placed under a payment
                                    plan.

ACCUMULATION VALUE                  The Accumulation Value of a Separate Account
                                    Division is the total value of all
                                    Accumulation Units in that Division. The
                                    Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed
                                    Interest Fund is the sum of amounts applied
                                    to the fund, plus credited interest, less
                                    amounts withdrawn or transferred from the
                                    fund. The Accumulation Value of the contract
                                    is the sum of the Accumulation Values of all
                                    Investment Accounts.

ANNUITANT                           The Primary Annuitant and, upon the death of
                                    the Primary Annuitant, the Contingent
                                    Annuitant.

ANNUITY UNIT                        A unit of measure used to determine the
                                    amount of variable payments under a variable
                                    payment plan and the value of the interest
                                    of a variable payment plan in the Separate
                                    Account.

BENEFICIARIES                       The term "Beneficiaries" as used in this
                                    contract includes direct beneficiaries,
                                    contingent beneficiaries and further payees.

COMPANY                             The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                                    Company.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT                The person who becomes the Annuitant upon
                                    the death of an Annuitant.

CONTRACT FEE                        An annual charge for administration expenses
                                    made on each contract anniversary prior to
                                    the Maturity Date.

CONTRACT YEAR                       The first Contract Year is the period of
                                    time ending on the first contract
                                    anniversary. Subsequent Contract Years are
                                    the annual periods between contract
                                    anniversaries.

DIVISION                            A component of the Separate Account to which
                                    the Owner may allocate Net Purchase Payments
                                    and contract values.

GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND            The portion of the contract that is credited
                                    with a guaranteed interest rate and which is
                                    held as part of the general assets of the
                                    Company.

HOME OFFICE                         The office of The Northwestern Mutual Life
                                    Insurance Company located at 720 East
                                    Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202.

INVESTMENT ACCOUNT                  The Guaranteed Interest Fund and Separate
                                    Account Divisions available for allocation
                                    of Net Purchase Payments and contract
                                    values. The available Investment Accounts
                                    are listed on page 3.

ISSUE DATE                          The date this contract is issued and becomes
                                    effective.


<PAGE>   9

MATURITY DATE                       The date upon which contract benefits will
                                    become payable. If the contract is continued
                                    in force under the Optional Maturity Date
                                    provision, the Optional Maturity Date will
                                    become the Maturity Date.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT                A Purchase Payment less all applicable
                                    deductions. Deductions may include the Sales
                                    Load and a Premium Tax.

OPTIONAL MATURITY DATE              The contract anniversary nearest the
                                    Annuitant's 90th birthday. Upon reaching the
                                    Maturity Date shown on page 3, the Owner may
                                    elect to continue the contract in force
                                    until this Optional Maturity Date.

OWNER                               The person possessing the ownership rights
                                    stated in this contract.

PORTFOLIOS                          Mutual funds or portfolios of mutual funds
                                    in which the assets of the Separate Account
                                    are invested.

PREMIUM TAX                         A tax imposed by a governmental entity when
                                    Purchase Payments are received or benefits
                                    are paid.

PRIMARY ANNUITANT                   The person upon whose life this contract is
                                    initially issued.

PURCHASE PAYMENT                    A payment made by or on behalf of the Owner
                                    with respect to this contract.

SALES LOAD                          A deduction made from Purchase Payments
                                    received.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT                    NML Variable Annuity Account A. The Separate
                                    Account consists of assets set aside by the
                                    Company, the investment performance of which
                                    is kept separate from that of the general
                                    assets and all other separate account assets
                                    of the Company.

SUCCESSOR OWNER                     The person designated to become the Owner
                                    upon the death of the Owner, provided the
                                    Owner was not the Annuitant at the time of
                                    the Owner's death.

TRANSFER FEE                        A deduction that is made from the amount
                                    transferred between Investment Accounts.

VALUATION DATE                      Any day on which the assets of the Separate
                                    Account are valued. Assets are valued as of
                                    the close of trading on the New York Stock
                                    Exchange for each day the Exchange is open.


<PAGE>   10


                           SECTION 2. SEPARATE ACCOUNT

2.1 SEPARATE ACCOUNT

The Separate Account (NML Variable Annuity Account A) has been established by
the Company. The Separate Account consists of assets set aside by the Company,
the investment performance of which is kept separate from that of the general
assets and all other separate account assets of the Company. The assets of the
Separate Account will not be charged with liabilities arising out of any other
business the Company may conduct. Interests in the Separate Account are
represented by Accumulation Units and Annuity Units, described in Sections 2.2
and 11.3, respectively.

The Separate Account is comprised of the Divisions listed on page 3. The assets
allocated to these Divisions are invested in shares of the corresponding
Portfolios. Shares of the Portfolios are purchased for the Separate Account at
their net asset value.

The Company reserves the right to eliminate or add additional Divisions and
Portfolios.

2.2 ACCUMULATION UNITS

The interest of this contract in the Separate Account, prior to the date on
which amounts become payable under a payment plan, is represented by
Accumulation Units. The dollar value of Accumulation Units for each Division
will increase or decrease to reflect the investment experience of the Division.
The value of an Accumulation Unit on any Valuation Date is the product of:

     o    the value on the immediately preceding Valuation Date; and
     o    the Net Investment Factor for the period from the immediately
          preceding Valuation Date up to and including the current Valuation
          Date (the current period).

2.3 NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

For each Division of the Separate Account the Net Investment Factor for the
current period is one plus the net investment rate for that Division. The net
investment rate for the current period is equal to the gross investment rate for
the Division reduced on each Valuation Date by a Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge. The charge for these risks on the Issue Date is shown on page 4. The
Company may increase or decrease the charge after the Issue Date, but the
Company may not increase the charge to exceed the maximum charge shown on page
4.

<PAGE>   11




The gross investment rate for the current period for each Division is equal to
a. divided by b. where:

     a. is:
          o    the investment income of the Division for the current period;
               plus
          o    capital gains for the period, whether realized or unrealized, on
               the assets of the Division; less
          o    capital losses for the period, whether realized or unrealized, on
               the assets of the Division; less
          o    deduction for any tax liability paid or reserved for by the
               Company resulting from the maintenance or operation of the
               Division; and less
          o    any reasonable expenses paid or reserved for by the Company which
               result from a substitution of other securities for shares of the
               Portfolio(s) as set forth in Section 2.4; and

     b. is the value of the assets in the Division on the immediately preceding
Valuation Date.

The gross investment rate may be positive or negative. The deduction for any tax
liability may be charged proportionately against those contracts to which the
liability is attributable by a reduction in the gross investment rate for those
contracts.

2.4 SUBSTITUTION AND CHANGE

Pursuant to the authority of the Board of Trustees of the Company:

     o    the assets of the Division may be invested in securities other than
          shares of the Portfolio(s) as a substitute for those shares already
          purchased or as the securities to be purchased in the future; and

     o    the provisions of the contracts may be modified to comply with any
          other applicable federal or state laws.

In the event of a substitution or change, the Company may make appropriate
endorsement on this and other contracts having an interest in the Separate
Account and take other actions as may be necessary to effect the substitution or
change. Any such substitution or change will be subject to any required approval
of the Commissioner of Insurance for the state of Wisconsin, and filing with the
state in which this contract is issued.


<PAGE>   12


                       SECTION 3. GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND

3.1 GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND

Net Purchase Payments (see Section 4.2) and amounts transferred from other
Investment Accounts under this contract (see Section 4.4) may be applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund. Contract benefits placed under a variable payment plan
may not be applied to the Guaranteed Interest Fund. Amounts applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund become part of the general assets of the Company.

3.2 ACCUMULATION VALUE

The Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund is the sum of the amounts
applied to it, plus credited interest, less any amounts withdrawn or transferred
from the fund. Interest begins to accrue on the effective date of the Purchase
Payment or transfer (see Section 4.6).

Interest will be credited at an annual effective interest rate of not less than
3%. A higher rate may be declared by the Company from time to time for a period
set by the Company.

3.3 TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Transfers of Accumulation Value from the Guaranteed Interest Fund will not be
allowed for a period of 365 days following the most recent transfer of
Accumulation Value from the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

The maximum amount of the Accumulation Value that may be transferred from the
Guaranteed Interest Fund in one transfer is limited to the greater of:

     o    25% of the Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund on the
          last contract anniversary preceding the transfer; and
     o    the amount of the most recent transfer from the Guaranteed Interest
          Fund.

However, in no event will this maximum transfer amount be less than $1,000 or
greater than $50,000.

Transfers of Accumulation Value into the Guaranteed Interest Fund will not be
allowed for a period of 90 days following the most recent transfer of
Accumulation Value from the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

3.4 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND ACCUMULATION VALUE

The Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund may not exceed $1,000,000
without prior consent of the Company, except when the maximum is exceeded
because of interest accruing to the Guaranteed Interest Fund.


<PAGE>   13



3.5 TABLE OF GUARANTEED VALUES

Accumulation and cash values are shown on page 4A. The values are based on the
assumptions stated on page 4A and are for the end of the contract years shown.
Values for contract years not shown are calculated on the same basis as those
shown on page 4A. Guaranteed values are at least as great as those required by
the state in which this contract is delivered.

              SECTION 4. PURCHASE PAYMENTS, TRANSFERS, WITHDRAWALS

4.1 PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

All Purchase Payments are payable at the Home Office or to an authorized agent.
A receipt signed by an officer of the Company will be furnished on request.

Purchase Payments may be made at any time prior to the death of an Owner and
prior to the Maturity Date. Purchase Payments may be made after the death of an
Owner only if the new Owner of the contract is the surviving spouse of the
deceased Owner. The Owner may vary the amount of Purchase Payments, but no
Purchase Payment may be less than the Minimum Purchase Payment shown on page 4.
Total Purchase Payments may not exceed $5,000,000 without the consent of the
Company.

The Company will not accept any Purchase Payment under Section 4 unless it is a
contribution under a pension or profit sharing plan which meets the requirements
of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, or the
requirements for deduction of the employer's contribution under Section 404
(a)(2) of such code.

4.2 APPLICATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Each Purchase Payment, net of the Sales Load and Premium Taxes, will be applied
to one or more Investment Accounts. Net Purchase Payments applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund will accrue interest from the effective date of the
Purchase Payment. Net Purchase Payments applied to the Separate Account will
provide Accumulation Units in one or more Divisions. Accumulation Units are
credited as of the effective date of the Net Purchase Payment.

The number of Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the Net Purchase
Payment by the value of an Accumulation Unit on the effective date. This number
of Accumulation Units will not be changed by any subsequent change in the dollar
value of Accumulation Units.

4.3 SELECTION OF INVESTMENT ACCOUNT FOR PURCHASE PAYMENTS

The Owner may change the allocation of Net Purchase Payments among the
Investment Accounts by written notice to the Company. Net Purchase Payments
received at the Home Office on or after the date on which notice is received
will be applied to the designated Investment Accounts on the basis of the new
allocation.


<PAGE>   14




4.4 TRANSFER OF ACCUMULATION VALUE

Before the Maturity Date the Owner may, on request satisfactory to the Company,
transfer amounts from one Investment Account to another, subject to the transfer
restrictions described in Section 3.3.

For transfers among the Separate Account Divisions, the number of Accumulation
Units to be applied or deducted will be adjusted to reflect the respective value
of the Accumulation Units in each of the Divisions on the date the transfer is
effective.

For transfers from the Guaranteed Interest Fund, amounts closest to expiration
of an interest rate guarantee will be removed first. In the event that two
amounts are equally close to expiration, the one which was applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund earlier will be removed first.

A Transfer Fee may be deducted from the amount transferred. The maximum amount
of the Transfer Fee is shown on page 4. The minimum amount which may be
transferred is the lesser of $100 or the entire Accumulation Value of the
Investment Account from which the transfer is being made.

4.5  WITHDRAWALS AND FULL SURRENDER

Before the Maturity Date the Owner may, on request satisfactory to the Company,
withdraw all or a portion of the Accumulation Value of the contract. The Company
may require that the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page 4 remain after a
partial withdrawal. Withdrawal of the entire value of the contract constitutes a
full surrender, and receipt of the contract at the Home Office will terminate
this contract. Receipt of the contract may be waived by the Company.

The cash value of the amount withdrawn will be the Accumulation Value withdrawn
determined as of the date the withdrawal is effective.

The term "withdrawal amounts" as used in this contract includes amounts paid as
full surrenders and withdrawals of a portion of the Accumulation Value of the
contract.

For withdrawals from the Guaranteed Interest Fund, amounts closest to expiration
of an interest rate guarantee will be removed first. In the event that two
amounts are equally close to expiration, the one which was applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund earlier will be removed first.


<PAGE>   15


4.6 EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date of a Purchase Payment, transfer, or withdrawal is the
Valuation Date on which the Purchase Payment or the request for transfer or
withdrawal is received at the Home Office. However, the Purchase Payment,
transfer, or withdrawal will be effective on the following Valuation Date if the
Purchase Payment, request for transfer or withdrawal is received at the Home
Office either:

     o    on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
          Exchange; or
     o    on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

                               SECTION 5. BENEFITS

5.1 MATURITY BENEFIT

MATURITY OPTIONS. If the Annuitant is living on the Maturity Date shown on page
3, and that Maturity Date is earlier than the contract anniversary nearest the
Annuitant's 90th birthday, the Owner may elect between the following maturity
options:

     o    payment of a monthly income under a payment plan chosen by the Owner;
          or
     o    deferral of the maturity benefit and continuation of this contract to
          the Optional Maturity Date. The contract will continue under this
          option if a written election for this purpose is received by the
          Company or if on the Maturity Date shown on page 3, the Owner has not
          chosen a payment plan.

If the Annuitant is living on the Maturity Date and that Maturity Date is on or
after the contract anniversary nearest the Annuitant's 90th birthday, the
Company will pay a monthly income under a payment form chosen by the Owner.

PAYMENT OF MATURITY BENEFIT. The amount of the monthly income paid as the
maturity benefit will depend on the payment plan chosen (see Section 11) and the
maturity value. The maturity value of this contract will be the Accumulation
Value of the contract on the effective date of the maturity benefit. The
maturity benefit will be effective on the Maturity Date. However, if the New
York Stock Exchange is closed on the Maturity Date, the effective date will be
the Valuation Date next preceding the Maturity Date.

If no payment form is chosen at the time a monthly income becomes payable,
payments will be made under the variable payment form of Life Income Plan
(Option C), with installments certain for ten years, as described in Section
11.1.

OPTIONAL MATURITY DATE. The Optional Maturity Date is the contract anniversary
nearest the Annuitant's 90th birthday. If the contract is continued to the
Optional Maturity Date, all contract rights of the Owner will continue in effect
to the Optional Maturity Date. The Optional Maturity Date will become the
Maturity Date for all other purposes of this contract.


<PAGE>   16




5.2 DEATH BENEFIT IF ANNUITANT IS AN OWNER

If the Annuitant is an Owner, the beneficiary becomes entitled to the Death
Benefit upon receipt at the Home Office of satisfactory proof of the death of
the Annuitant before the Maturity Date. The Death Benefit will be the
Accumulation Value of the contract determined on the effective date. The
effective date is the date on which proof of death is received at the Home
Office. However, the effective date will be the next following Valuation Date if
the proof of death is received at the Home Office either:

     o    on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
          Exchange; or
     o    on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

If the beneficiary becomes entitled to the Death Benefit due to the death of the
Primary Annuitant prior to the Primary Annuitant's 75th birthday, the Death
Benefit will not be less than:

     o    total Net Purchase Payments paid under the contract; less
     o    any amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5.

As of the effective date, the Accumulation Value of the contract will be set at
an amount equal to the Death Benefit. Unless a payment plan was elected by the
Owner, the beneficiary automatically becomes the Owner and Annuitant of the
contract. However, if the beneficiary is not a natural person and no payment
plan was elected by the Owner, the beneficiary may select a natural person to be
the Annuitant. If a natural person is not selected to be the Annuitant within 60
days of the date on which proof of death of the Annuitant is received at the
Home Office, the Accumulation Value will be distributed to the beneficiary.

If a beneficiary becomes entitled to the Death Benefit in an amount less than
the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page 4, the Accumulation Value will be
distributed to the beneficiary.

The cash value of any amount distributed will be the Accumulation Value
withdrawn as of the date of withdrawal as determined in Section 4.6.

5.3 DEATH BENEFIT IF ANNUITANT IS NOT AN OWNER

If the Annuitant is not an Owner, upon the death of the Annuitant the contract
continues with the Contingent Annuitant (Section 6.5) as the new Annuitant. The
Death Benefit will be the Accumulation Value of the contract determined on the
effective date. The effective date is the date on which proof of death is
received at the Home Office. However, the effective date will be the next
following Valuation Date if the proof of death is received at the Home Office
either:

     o    on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
          Exchange; or
     o    on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.


<PAGE>   17




If the Primary Annuitant dies prior to the Primary Annuitant's 75th birthday,
the Death Benefit will not be less than:

     o    total Net Purchase Payments paid under the contract; less
     o    any amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5.

As of the effective date the Accumulation Value of the contract will be set at
an amount equal to the Death Benefit.


               SECTION 6. BENEFICIARIES AND CONTINGENT ANNUITANTS

6.1 NAMING AND CHANGING OF BENEFICIARIES

FOR MATURITY BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWALS BY OWNER. The Owner may name and change the
beneficiaries of maturity benefits or withdrawal amounts before the Maturity
Date. If no beneficiary is named by the Owner, the Owner will be the direct
beneficiary.

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY OWNER. The Owner may name and change the beneficiaries of
the Death Benefits while the Annuitant is living. If no such beneficiary is
named by the Owner, the Owner or the Owner's estate will be the direct
beneficiary.

FOR MATURITY OR DEATH BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS BY SPOUSE (MARITAL
DEDUCTION PROVISION).

     o   POWER TO APPOINT. The spouse of the Annuitant will have the power alone
         and in all events to appoint all amounts payable to the spouse under
         the contract if:
         a. just before the Annuitant's death, the Annuitant was the Owner; and
         b. the spouse is a direct beneficiary; and
         c. the spouse survives the Annuitant.

     o   TO WHOM SPOUSE CAN APPOINT.  Under this power, the spouse can appoint:
         a. to the estate of the spouse; or
         b. to any other person.

     o   EFFECT OF EXERCISE.  As to the amounts appointed, the exercise of this
         power will:
         a. revoke any other designation of beneficiaries;
         b. revoke any election of payment plan as it applies to them; and
         c. cause any provision to the contrary in Section 6 or 10 of this
            contract to be of no effect.

EFFECTIVE DATE. A naming or changing of a beneficiary will be effective on
receipt at the Home Office of a written request that is acceptable to the
Company. The request will then take effect as of the date that it was signed.
The Company is not responsible for any payment or other action that is taken by
it before the receipt of the request. The Company may require that the contract
be sent to it to be endorsed to show the naming or change.



<PAGE>   18




6.2 SUCCESSION IN INTEREST OF BENEFICIARIES

The rights and benefits that a beneficiary becomes entitled to under the
contract are shared equally among all surviving direct beneficiaries, if any,
otherwise equally among all surviving contingent beneficiaries, if any,
otherwise to the Owner or the Owner's Estate.

6.3 TRUSTEE AS BENEFICIARY

If a trustee is named as a beneficiary and no qualified trustee makes claim to
the proceeds, or to the present value of any unpaid payments under a payment
plan, within one year after payment becomes due to the trustee, or if
satisfactory evidence is furnished to the Company within that year showing that
no trustee can qualify to receive payment, payment will be made as though the
trustee had not been named.

The Company will be fully discharged of liability for any action taken by the
trustee and for all amounts paid to, or at the direction of, the trustee and
will have no obligation as to the use of the amounts. In all dealings with the
trustee the Company will be fully protected against the claims of every other
person. The Company will not be charged with notice of a change of trustee
unless written evidence of the change is received at the Home Office.

6.4 GENERAL

TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP. A transfer of ownership of itself will not change the
interest of a beneficiary.

CLAIMS OF CREDITORS. So far as allowed by law, no amount payable under this
contract will be subject to the claims of creditors of a beneficiary.

6.5 NAMING AND CHANGING A CONTINGENT ANNUITANT

The Owner may name and change a Contingent Annuitant while the Annuitant is
living.

If the Annuitant was not the Owner immediately prior to the Annuitant's death,
the Owner may name and change a Contingent Annuitant during the first 60 days
after the date on which proof of death of the Annuitant is received at the Home
Office. A change made during this 60 days cannot be revoked. If no one is named
as Contingent Annuitant by the end of the 60 day time period, the Company will
pay the Accumulation Value to the Owner. The cash value of any amount
distributed will be the Accumulation Value withdrawn as of the date of
withdrawal as determined in Section 4.6.

A naming or changing of a Contingent Annuitant will be effective on receipt at
the Home Office of a written request that is acceptable to the Company.



<PAGE>   19



                           SECTION 7. CHARGES AND FEES

7.1 SALES LOAD AND PREMIUM TAXES

The Company will deduct the Sales Load shown on page 4 from Purchase Payments
received. The Company may also deduct Premium Taxes incurred from Purchase
Payments received.

7.2 CONTRACT FEE

On each contract anniversary prior to the Maturity Date, a Contract Fee will be
charged for administrative expenses. The amount of the Contract Fee is shown on
page 4. The Contract Fee will be deducted from the Investment Accounts in
proportion to the Accumulation Value of the Investment Accounts.

The Contract Fee deducted from the Guaranteed Interest Fund will not exceed the
sum of:

o    10% of the gross purchase payments applied to the Guaranteed Interest Fund
     during the contract year; and
o    interest in excess of an annual effective interest rate of 3% credited to
     the Guaranteed Interest Fund during the contract year.

The effective date of the Contract Fee will be the contract anniversary.
However, if the New York Stock Exchange is closed on the contract anniversary,
the effective date will be the next following Valuation Date.



<PAGE>   20




                              SECTION 8. OWNERSHIP

8.1 THE OWNER

The Owner is named on page 3. All contract rights may be exercised by the Owner,
the Owner's successor, or the Owner's transferee without the consent of any
beneficiary.

If the contract has more than one Owner, contract rights may be exercised only
by authorization of all Owners. Upon the death of an Owner, ownership rights of
all Owners terminate if the deceased Owner was the Annuitant.

8.2 TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP

The Owner may transfer the ownership of this contract. Written proof of transfer
satisfactory to the Company must be received at its Home Office. The transfer
will then take effect as of the date it was signed. The Company may require that
the contract be sent to it for endorsement to show the transfer. The Company
will not be responsible to a transferee Owner for any payment or other action
taken by the Company before receipt of the proof of transfer at its Home Office.

8.3 NAMING AND CHANGING A SUCCESSOR OWNER

An Owner may name and change a Successor Owner. Naming or changing a Successor
Owner will be effective on receipt at the Home Office of a written request for
such change that is acceptable to the Company. A Successor Owner succeeds to the
interests of an Owner only if the Owner was not the Annuitant at the time of the
Owner's death.

8.4 COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT

The Owner may assign this contract as collateral security. The Company is not
responsible for the validity or effect of a collateral assignment. The Company
will not be responsible to an assignee for any payment or other action taken by
the Company before receipt of the assignment in writing at its Home Office.

The interest of any beneficiary will be subject to any collateral assignment
made either before or after the beneficiary is named.

A collateral assignee is not an Owner. A collateral assignment is not a transfer
of ownership. Ownership can be transferred only by complying with Section 8.2.

8.5 REPORTS TO OWNERS

At least once each Contract Year, the Company will send to the Owner or
beneficiary a statement of the Accumulation Values of the Investment Accounts,
the number of units credited to the contract, the dollar value of a unit as of a
date not more than two months previous to the date of mailing, and a statement
of the investments held by the Separate Account.



<PAGE>   21



8.6 TRANSFERABILITY RESTRICTIONS

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this contract, the Owner may not:

o    change the ownership of the contract; or
o    sell the contract, or assign or pledge the contract as collateral for a
     loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other
     purpose, to any person other than the Company.

These restrictions will not apply if the Owner is:

o    the trustee of an employee trust that is qualified under the Internal
     Revenue Code; or
o    the custodian of a custodial account treated as an employee trust that is
     qualified under the Internal Revenue Code.

The restrictions do not preclude the employer under a nontrusteed plan from
transferring ownership of this contract to the Annuitant or to the employer or
trustee under another plan or trust when required by the plan.

                             SECTION 9. THE CONTRACT

9.1 GUARANTEES

The Company guarantees that mortality and expense results will not adversely
affect the amount of variable payments.

9.2 VALUATION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT ASSETS

The value of the shares of each Portfolio held in the Separate Account on each
Valuation Date will be the redemption value of the shares on that date. If the
right to redeem shares of a Portfolio has been suspended, or payment of the
redemption value has been postponed, the shares held in the Separate Account
(and Annuity Units) may be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by
the Board of Trustees of the Company for the sole purpose of computing annuity
payments.

9.3 DETERMINATION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT VALUES

The method of determination by the Company of the Net Investment Factor, and the
number and value of Accumulation Units and Annuity Units, will be conclusive
upon the Owner, any assignee, the Annuitant, and any beneficiary.


<PAGE>   22



9.4 DEFERMENT OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS

SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS. The Company reserves the right to defer
determination of the contract values of the Separate Account portion of this
contract, or the payment of benefits under a variable payment plan, until after
the end of any period during which the right to redeem shares of a Portfolio is
suspended, or payment of the redemption value is postponed. Any deferment would
be in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 by
reason of closing of, or restriction of trading on, the New York Stock Exchange,
or other emergency, or as otherwise permitted by the Act. In addition, the
Company reserves the right to defer payment of contract values until seven days
after the end of any deferment in the determination of contract values.

GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND. The Company may defer paying contract values of the
Guaranteed Interest Fund for up to six months from the effective date of the
withdrawal or full surrender. If payment is deferred for 30 days or more,
interest will be paid on the withdrawal amounts at an annual effective rate of
3% from the effective date of the withdrawal or surrender to the date of the
payment.

9.5 DIVIDENDS

This contract will share in the divisible surplus of the Company, except while
payments are being made under a variable payment plan. This surplus will be
determined each year, and the dividend, if any, will be credited on the contract
anniversary. Any dividend credited prior to the Maturity Date will be applied on
the effective date as a Net Purchase Payment unless the Owner elects to have the
dividend paid in cash. The effective date of the dividend will be the contract
anniversary. However, if the New York Stock Exchange is closed on the contract
anniversary, the effective date will be the next following Valuation Date.

Since this policy is not expected to contribute to divisible surplus, it is not
expected that any dividends will be paid.

9.6 INCONTESTABILITY

The Company will not contest this contract after it has been in force during the
lifetime of the Annuitant for two years from the Issue Date. This Issue Date is
shown on page 3.

9.7 MISSTATEMENTS

If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated, the amount payable will
be the amount which the Purchase Payments paid would have purchased at the
correct age and sex. If any amounts have been overpaid by the Company due to a
misstatement of age or sex, the amount of the overpayment may be deducted from
payments to be made by the Company. If any amounts have been underpaid by the
Company due to a misstatement of age or sex, the amount of the underpayment will
be paid.

9.8 ENTIRE CONTRACT; CHANGES

This contract with any amendments and additional benefits and the attached
application is the entire contract. Statements in the application are
representations and not warranties. A change in the contract is valid only if it
is approved by an officer of the Company. The Company may require that the
contract be sent to it for endorsement to show a change. No agent has the
authority to change the contract or to waive any of its terms.

All payments by the Company under this contract are payable at its Home Office.


<PAGE>   23

Assets of the Separate Account are owned by the Company and the Company is not a
trustee with respect thereto. The company may from time to time adjust the
amount of assets contained in the Separate Account, by periodic withdrawals or
additions, to reflect the contract deductions and the Company's reserves for
this and other similar contracts.

This contract is subject to the laws of the state in which it is delivered. All
benefits are at least as great as those required by that state.

9.9 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT

The Company may terminate the contract and pay the Owner the Accumulation Value
of the contract and be released of any further obligation if:

     o    prior to the Maturity Date no Purchase Payments have been received
          under the contract for a period of two full years and each of the
          following is less than the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page 4:

               a.   the Accumulation Value of the contract; and
               b.   total Purchase Payments paid under the contract, less any
                    amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5; or

     o    on the Maturity Date the Accumulation Value of the contract is less
          than the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page 4 or would provide
          an initial monthly income which is less than the minimum payment
          amount shown on page 4.

                    SECTION 10. PAYMENT OF CONTRACT BENEFITS

10.1 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

All or part of the contract benefits may be paid under one or more of the
following:

     o    a variable payment plan;
     o    a fixed payment plan; or
     o    in cash.

The provisions and rates for variable and fixed payment plans are described in
Section 11. Contract benefits may not be placed under a payment plan unless the
plan would provide to each beneficiary an initial monthly income of at least the
minimum payment amount shown on page 4.


<PAGE>   24



10.2 DEATH BENEFIT

A beneficiary entitled to the Death Benefit upon the death of an Annuitant may
elect to receive the Accumulation Value under a payment plan or in cash provided
no payment plan was elected by the Owner. The cash value of any amount
distributed will be the Accumulation Value withdrawn as of the date of
withdrawal as determined in Section 4.6.

10.3 EFFECTIVE DATE FOR PAYMENT PLAN

A payment plan that is elected for maturity benefits will take effect on the
Maturity Date.

If the Annuitant is an Owner , a payment plan that is elected by the Owner for
the Death Benefit will take effect on the date proof of death of the Annuitant
is received at the Home Office.

In all other cases, a payment plan that is elected will take effect:

     o    on the date the election is received at the Home Office; or
     o    on a later date, if requested.

10.4 PAYMENT PLAN ELECTIONS

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY OWNER. The Owner may elect payment plans for death
benefits while the Annuitant is living.

FOR MATURITY BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS. The Owner may elect payment plans
for maturity benefits or withdrawal amounts.

TRANSFER BETWEEN PAYMENT PLANS. A beneficiary who is receiving payment under a
payment plan which includes the right to withdraw may transfer the amount
withdrawable to any other payment plan that is available.

                            SECTION 11. PAYMENT PLANS

11.1 DESCRIPTION OF PAYMENT PLANS

INSTALLMENT INCOME FOR SPECIFIED PERIOD (OPTION B)

The Company will make monthly installment income payments providing for payment
of benefits over a specified period of 10 to 30 years during the first five
contract years and over a specified period of 5 to 30 years beginning with the
sixth contract year.

LIFE INCOME PLANS

     o    SINGLE LIFE INCOME (OPTION C). The Company will make monthly payments
          for the selected certain period, if any, and thereafter during the
          remaining lifetime of the individual upon whose life income payments
          depend. The selections available are: (a) no certain period; or (b) a
          certain period of 10 or 20 years.
     o    JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE INCOME (OPTION E). The Company will make
          monthly payments for a 10-year certain period and thereafter during
          the joint lifetime of the two individuals upon whose lives income
          payments depend and continuing during the remaining lifetime of the
          survivor.
     o    OTHER SELECTIONS. The Company may offer other selections under the
          Life Income Plans.


<PAGE>   25

     o    LIMITATIONS. A direct or contingent beneficiary who is a natural
          person may be paid under a Life Income Plan only if the payments
          depend on that beneficiary's life. A corporation may be paid under a
          Life Income Plan only if the payments depend on the life of the
          Annuitant or, after the death of the Annuitant, on the life of the
          Annuitant's spouse or dependent.

These payment plans are available on either a fixed or variable basis. Under a
fixed payment plan the payment remains level. Under a variable payment plan the
payment will increase or decrease as described in Section 11.4.

11.2 ALLOCATION OF BENEFITS

Upon election of a variable payment plan, the Owner or direct or contingent
beneficiary may select the allocation of variable benefits among the Divisions.

If no selection is made, the allocation of benefits will be as follows:

     o    for amounts in the Separate Account Divisions, benefits will be
          allocated in proportion to the Accumulation Value of each Division on
          the effective date of the variable payment plan; and
     o    for amounts in the Guaranteed Interest Fund, benefits will be
          allocated 100% to the Money Market Division.

11.3 ANNUITY UNITS UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

The interest of this contract in the Separate Account after the effective date
of a variable payment plan is represented by Annuity Units.

The dollar value of Annuity Units for each Division will increase or decrease to
reflect the investment experience of the Division. The value of an Annuity Unit
on any Valuation Date is the product of:

     o    the Annuity Unit value on the immediately preceding Valuation Date;
     o    the Net Investment Factor for the period from the immediately
          preceding Valuation Date up to and including the current Valuation
          Date (the current period); and
     o    the Daily Adjustment Factor of .99990575 raised to a power equal to
          the number of days in the current period to reflect the Assumed
          Investment Rate of 3 1/2% used in calculating the monthly payment
          rate.

11.4 PAYMENTS UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

FIRST PAYMENT. The first payment under a variable payment plan will be due as of
the effective date of the payment plan.

The amount of the first payment is the sum of payments from each Division, each
determined by multiplying the benefits allocated to the Division under the
variable payment plan by the applicable monthly variable payment rate per $1,000
of benefits.

NUMBER OF ANNUITY UNITS. The number of Annuity Units in each Division under a
variable payment plan is determined by dividing the amount of the first payment
payable from the Division by the Annuity Unit value for the Division at the
close of business on the effective date of the variable payment plan. The number
of Annuity Units will not be changed by any subsequent change in the dollar
value of Annuity Units.


<PAGE>   26

SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE PAYMENTS. The amount of each subsequent payment from each
Division under a variable payment plan will increase or decrease in accord with
the increase or decrease in the value of an Annuity Unit which reflects the
investment experience of that Division of the Separate Account.

The amount of subsequent variable payments is the sum of payments from each
Division, each determined by multiplying the fixed number of Annuity Units for
the Division by the value of an Annuity Unit for the Division on:

     o    the fifth Valuation Date prior to the payment due date if the payment
          due date is a Valuation Date; or
     o    the sixth Valuation Date prior to the payment due date if the payment
          due date is not a Valuation Date.

11.5 TRANSFERS INVOLVING VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

A beneficiary receiving payments under a variable payment plan may transfer
Annuity Units from one Division to another. The number of Annuity Units in each
Division will be adjusted to reflect the respective value of the Annuity Units
in the Divisions on the date the transfer is effective.

A Transfer Fee may be deducted from the amount transferred. The amount of the
Transfer Fee is shown on page 4. Transfers from the Money Market Division may be
made at any time. No transfer from the other Divisions may be made within 90
days of the effective date of a variable payment plan or within 90 days from the
effective date of the last transfer.

A payee or joint payees receiving payments under a variable payment plan may
transfer from an Installment Income Plan (Option B) to either form of the Life
Income Plan (Option C or E). Other transfers may be permitted subject to
conditions set by the Company.

A transfer will be effective on the Valuation Date on which a satisfactory
transfer request is received in the Home Office, or a later date if requested.
However, the transfer will be effective on the following Valuation Date if the
request is received at the Home Office either:

     o    on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
          Exchange; or
     o    on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

11.6 WITHDRAWAL UNDER PAYMENT PLANS

Withdrawal of the present value of any unpaid income payments may be elected at
any time by the beneficiary, except that withdrawal may not be elected under a
Life Income Plan (Option C or E) until the death of all individuals upon whose
lives income payments depend.

The withdrawal value under the Installment Income Plan (Option B) will be the
present value of any unpaid payments. The withdrawal value under a Life Income
Plan (Option C or E) will be the present value of any unpaid payments for the
certain period.

For a fixed payment plan, the present value of any unpaid income payments will
be based on the rate of interest used to determine the amount of the payments.
For a variable payment plan, the present value of any unpaid income payments
will be based on interest at the Assumed Investment Rate used in calculating the
amount of the variable payments. The amount of variable payments used in
calculating the present value of unpaid payments will be determined by
multiplying the number of Annuity Units by the value of an Annuity Unit on the
effective date of withdrawal.


<PAGE>   27

A withdrawal will be effective on the Valuation Date on which the request is
received in the Home Office. However, the withdrawal will be effective on the
following Valuation Date if the request is received at the Home Office either:

     o    on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
          Exchange; or
     o    on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

11.7  NAMING AND CHANGING OF BENEFICIARIES UNDER PAYMENT PLANS

FOR PAYMENT PLANS ELECTED BY OWNER. If the Owner of the contract elected a
payment plan, a direct beneficiary may name and change the contingent
beneficiaries and further payees of the direct beneficiary's share of the
benefits only if:

     o    the direct beneficiary was the Owner of the contract; or
     o    no contingent beneficiary or further payee of that share is living.

FOR PAYMENT PLANS ELECTED BY DIRECT BENEFICIARY. If the direct beneficiary
elected the payment plan, the direct beneficiary may name and change the
contingent beneficiaries and further payees of the direct beneficiary's share of
the benefits.

11.8  SUCCESSION IN INTEREST OF BENEFICIARIES UNDER PAYMENT PLANS

DIRECT BENEFICIARY. Amounts payable under a payment plan will be payable to the
direct beneficiary.

CONTINGENT BENEFICIARIES. At the death of the direct beneficiary, the present
value of any unpaid payments under a payment plan, will be payable in equal
shares to the contingent beneficiaries who survive and receive payment. If a
contingent beneficiary dies before receiving all or part of the contingent
beneficiary's full share, the unpaid portion will be payable in equal shares to
the other contingent beneficiaries who survive and receive payment.

FURTHER PAYEES. At the death of all direct and contingent beneficiaries, the
present value of any unpaid payments under a payment plan, will be paid in one
sum:

     o    In equal shares to the further payees who survive and receive payment;
          or
     o    If no further payees survive and receive payment, to the estate of the
          last to die of all beneficiaries.

11.9 PAYMENT PLAN RATES

PAYMENT RATE TABLES. The guaranteed monthly payment rates for both a fixed
payment plan and the first payment under a variable payment plan are shown in
the Payment Rate Tables. The tables show rates for the Installment Income Plan
for a Specified Period (Option B) and Life Income Plans (Options C and E). Life
Income Plan (Option C or E) rates are based on the sex and adjusted age of any
individual upon whose life payments depend. The adjusted age is:

     o    the age on the birthday that is nearest to the date on which the
          payment plan takes effect; plus
     o    the age adjustment shown below for the number of Contract Years that
          have elapsed from the Issue Date to the date that the payment plan
          takes effect. A part of a Contract Year is counted as a full year.


<PAGE>   28




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     CONTRACT YEARS                                      CONTRACT YEARS
                        ELAPSED               AGE ADJUSTMENT                 ELAPSED            AGE ADJUSTMENT
<S>                                           <C>                        <C>                    <C>
                        1 to 8                       0                       33 to 40                -4
                        9 to 16                     -1                       41 to 48                -5
                       17 to 24                     -2                       49 or more              -6
                       25 to 32                     -3
</TABLE>

CURRENT FIXED PAYMENT PLAN RATES

     o   INSTALLMENT INCOME FOR SPECIFIED PERIOD (OPTION B). The Company may
         offer fixed payment plan rates higher than those guaranteed in this
         contract with conditions on withdrawal.

     o   LIFE INCOME PLANS (OPTION C OR E). Payments will be based on rates
         declared by the Company that will not be less than the rates guaranteed
         in this contract. The declared rates will provide at least as much
         income as would the Company's rates, on the date that the payment plan
         takes effect, for a single premium immediate annuity contract.

ALTERNATE VARIABLE RATE BASIS. The Company may from time to time publish higher
initial rates for variable payment plans under this contract. These higher rates
will not be available to increase payments under payment plans already in
effect.

When a variable payment plan is effective on an alternate rate basis, the Daily
Adjustment Factor described in Section 11.3 will be determined based on the
Assumed Investment Rate used in calculating the alternate payment rate.



<PAGE>   29



                               PAYMENT RATE TABLES
                   MONTHLY INCOME PAYMENTS PER $1,000 BENEFITS
                    FIRST PAYMENT UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLAN


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INSTALLMENT INCOME PLANS (OPTION B)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      PERIOD            MONTHLY            PERIOD           MONTHLY            PERIOD           MONTHLY
     (YEARS)            PAYMENT           (YEARS)           PAYMENT           (YEARS)           PAYMENT
- ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------------
<S>                 <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
    Years 1-4                                11             $ 9.09               21            $ 5.56
  Not Available                              12               8.46               22              5.39
                                             13               7.94               23              5.24
                                             14               7.49               24              5.09
        5                 18.12              15               7.10               25              4.96

        6                 15.35              16               6.76               26              4.84
        7                 13.38              17               6.47               27              4.73
        8                 11.90              18               6.20               28              4.63
        9                 10.75              19               5.97               29              4.53
        10                 9.83              20               5.75               30              4.45
- ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
</TABLE>

                         GUARANTEED FIXED PAYMENT PLANS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INSTALLMENT INCOME PLANS (OPTION B)
- ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
      PERIOD            MONTHLY            PERIOD           MONTHLY            PERIOD           MONTHLY
     (YEARS)            PAYMENT           (YEARS)           PAYMENT           (YEARS)           PAYMENT
- ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                 <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
    Years 1-4                                11             $ 8.42               21            $ 4.85
  Not Available                              12               7.80               22              4.67
                                             13               7.26               23              4.51
                                             14               6.81               24              4.36
        5                 17.49              15               6.42               25              4.22

        6                 14.72              16               6.07               26              4.10
        7                 12.74              17               5.77               27              3.98
        8                 11.25              18               5.50               28              3.87
        9                 10.10              19               5.26               29              3.77
        10                 9.18              20               5.04               30              3.68
- ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   30



                               PAYMENT RATE TABLES
                   MONTHLY INCOME PAYMENTS PER $1,000 BENEFITS
      GUARANTEED FIXED PAYMENT OR FIRST PAYMENT UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLAN

LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION C)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       SINGLE LIFE MONTHLY PAYMENTS
             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    CHOSEN PERIOD (YEARS)
                                  -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
                  ADJUSTED
                    AGE*                 ZERO                  10                  20
             -------------------- ------------------- -------------------- --------------------
<S>                               <C>                 <C>                  <C>
                     55                $ 4.11               $ 4.09              $ 4.01
                     56                  4.18                 4.15                4.07
                     57                  4.25                 4.22                4.13
                     58                  4.33                 4.29                4.18
                     59                  4.40                 4.36                4.24

                     60                  4.49                 4.45                4.30
                     61                  4.58                 4.53                4.37
                     62                  4.68                 4.61                4.43
                     63                  4.77                 4.71                4.50
                     64                  4.89                 4.81                4.57

                     65                  5.01                 4.92                4.64
                     66                  5.13                 5.03                4.72
                     67                  5.26                 5.15                4.78
                     68                  5.41                 5.27                4.85
                     69                  5.57                 5.40                4.93

                     70                  5.74                 5.55                5.00
                     71                  5.92                 5.69                5.07
                     72                  6.12                 5.84                5.13
                     73                  6.33                 6.00                5.20
                     74                  6.55                 6.17                5.26

                     75                  6.79                 6.35                5.32
                     76                  7.06                 6.53                5.37
                     77                  7.34                 6.72                5.41
                     78                  7.65                 6.90                5.46
                     79                  7.98                 7.10                5.50

                     80                  8.34                 7.30                5.53
                     81                  8.73                 7.49                5.56
                     82                  9.15                 7.68                5.59
                     83                  9.60                 7.88                5.61
                     84                 10.09                 8.07                5.62

                 85 and over            10.61                 8.24                5.63
             -------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
</TABLE>

LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION E)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     JOINT AND SURVIVOR MONTHLY PAYMENTS (with 10 years certain)
- ------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    YOUNGER LIFE ADJUSTED AGE*
    OLDER LIFE     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   ADJUSTED AGE*       55            60           65           70            75           80        85 and over
- ------------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------------
<S>                <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
       55            $ 3.75
       60              3.83       $ 4.02
       65              3.90         4.13        $ 4.39
       70              3.94         4.22          4.54       $ 4.89
       75              3.98         4.28          4.65         5.10       $ 5.59
       80              4.00         4.32          4.73         5.24         5.86        $ 6.51
   85 and over         4.01         4.34          4.77         5.34         6.04          6.84       $ 7.58
- ------------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------------
</TABLE>
*See Section 11.7
The amount of the payment for any other combination of ages will be furnished by
the Company on request. The maximum initial monthly income per $1,000 will be
$7.75.
Monthly payment rates are based on an Assumed Investment Rate of 3 1/2% and the
1983 Table a with Projection Scale G.


<PAGE>   31



IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU...

read your contract.

notify your Northwestern Mutual agent or the Company at 720 East Wisconsin
Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202, of an address change.

call your Northwestern Mutual agent for information--particularly on a
suggestion to terminate or exchange this contract for another contract or plan.

ELECTION OF TRUSTEES

The members of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company are its
policyholders of insurance policies and deferred annuity contracts. The members
exercise control through a Board of Trustees. Elections to the Board are held
each year at the annual meeting of members. Members are entitled to vote in
person or by proxy.

                  FLEXIBLE PAYMENT VARIABLE ANNUITY - ACCOUNT A

AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS AND VARIABLE PAYMENTS
PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT BUT ARE
VARIABLE AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE TO REFLECT THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF
THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.



<PAGE>   32



                                 Exhibit B(4)(b)

                               PAYMENT RATE TABLES
                   MONTHLY INCOME PAYMENTS PER $1,000 BENEFITS
      GUARANTEED FIXED PAYMENT OR FIRST PAYMENT UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLAN


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION C)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              SINGLE LIFE MONTHLY PAYMENTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                CHOSEN PERIOD (YEARS)                                     CHOSEN PERIOD (YEARS)
                   -------------------------------------------    FEMALE     -------------------------------------------
MALE ADJUSTED AGE*   ZERO            10            20        ADJUSTED AGE*     ZERO            10             20
- ------------------ -------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------
<S>              <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
      55            $ 4.41         $ 4.36        $ 4.23           55          $ 4.04         $ 4.02         $ 3.96
      56              4.49           4.44          4.29           56            4.10           4.08           4.01
      57              4.58           4.52          4.35           57            4.17           4.14           4.07
      58              4.67           4.60          4.41           58            4.24           4.21           4.12
      59              4.77           4.69          4.47           59            4.31           4.28           4.18

      60              4.87           4.79          4.54           60            4.39           4.36           4.24
      61              4.98           4.89          4.60           61            4.48           4.44           4.31
      62              5.10           4.99          4.67           62            4.57           4.52           4.37
      63              5.23           5.11          4.74           63            4.66           4.61           4.44
      64              5.36           5.22          4.81           64            4.77           4.71           4.51

      65              5.51           5.35          4.87           65            4.88           4.81           4.58
      66              5.67           5.47          4.94           66            5.00           4.92           4.66
      67              5.84           5.61          5.00           67            5.12           5.03           4.73
      68              6.02           5.75          5.07           68            5.26           5.15           4.80
      69              6.21           5.89          5.13           69            5.41           5.28           4.88

      70              6.41           6.05          5.19           70            5.57           5.42           4.95
      71              6.63           6.20          5.25           71            5.74           5.56           5.02
      72              6.86           6.36          5.30           72            5.93           5.71           5.09
      73              7.11           6.53          5.35           73            6.13           5.87           5.16
      74              7.37           6.70          5.39           74            6.34           6.04           5.23

      75              7.65           6.87          5.44           75            6.58           6.22           5.29
      76              7.96           7.05          5.47           76            6.83           6.40           5.34
      77              8.28           7.23          5.51           77            7.11           6.59           5.39
      78              8.63           7.40          5.54           78            7.40           6.78           5.44
      79              9.01           7.58          5.56           79            7.72           6.98           5.48

      80              9.41           7.76          5.59           80            8.07           7.18           5.52
      81              9.84           7.93          5.61           81            8.45           7.38           5.55
      82             10.30           8.10          5.62           82            8.86           7.58           5.58
      83             10.79           8.27          5.63           83            9.30           7.78           5.60
      84             11.31           8.42          5.64           84            9.78           7.98           5.62

  85 and over        11.87           8.57          5.65      85 and over       10.30           8.16           5.63
- ---------------- -------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION E)
- ------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    JOINT AND SURVIVOR MONTHLY PAYMENTS (with 10 years certain)
- ------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       MALE                                            FEMALE ADJUSTED AGE*
   ADJUSTED AGE*
- ------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       55            60           65           70            75           80        85 and over
- ------------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------------
<S>                <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
       55            $ 3.75       $ 3.89        $ 4.02       $ 4.14       $ 4.23        $ 4.29        $4.33
       60              3.83         4.02          4.21         4.39         4.54          4.65         4.73
       65              3.90         4.13          4.39         4.65         4.89          5.09         5.22
       70              3.94         4.22          4.54         4.89         5.26          5.58         5.81
       75              3.98         4.28          4.65         5.10         5.59          6.07         6.45
       80              4.00         4.32          4.73         5.24         5.86          6.51         7.07
   85 and over         4.01         4.34          4.77         5.34         6.04          6.84         7.58
- ------------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------------
</TABLE>

*See Section 11.7
The amount of the payment for any other combination of ages will be furnished by
the Company on request. The maximum initial monthly income per $1,000 will be
$7.75.
Monthly payment rates are based on an Assumed Investment Rate of 3 1/2% and the
1983 Table a with Projection Scale G.
<PAGE>   33

                                 EXHIBIT B(4)(c)

                             ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT

AS OF THE ISSUE DATE, THIS AMENDMENT IS MADE PART OF THIS ANNUITY CONTRACT
ISSUED BY THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY. IN THE CASE OF A
CONFLICT WITH ANY PROVISIONS IN THE CONTRACT, THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AMENDMENT
WILL CONTROL.

SECTION 5.2 AND SECTION 5.3 ARE AMENDED IN THEIR ENTIRETY TO READ AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 5.2 DEATH BENEFIT IF PRIMARY ANNUITANT IS AN OWNER

IF THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT IS AN OWNER, THE BENEFICIARY BECOMES ENTITLED TO THE
DEATH BENEFIT UPON RECEIPT AT THE HOME OFFICE OF SATISFACTORY PROOF OF THE DEATH
OF THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT BEFORE THE MATURITY DATE. THE DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE THE
GREATER OF:

     o    THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE; OR
     o    THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT.

AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT WILL BE SET AT
AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DEATH BENEFIT. UNLESS A PAYMENT PLAN WAS ELECTED BY THE
OWNER, THE BENEFICIARY BECOMES THE OWNER AND ANNUITANT OF THE CONTRACT. HOWEVER,
IF THE BENEFICIARY IS NOT A NATURAL PERSON AND NO PAYMENT PLAN WAS ELECTED BY
THE OWNER, THE BENEFICIARY MAY SELECT A NATURAL PERSON TO BE THE ANNUITANT. IF A
NATURAL PERSON IS NOT SELECTED TO BE THE ANNUITANT WITHIN 60 DAYS OF THE DATE ON
WHICH PROOF OF DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT IS RECEIVED AT THE HOME OFFICE, THE
ACCUMULATION VALUE WILL BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE BENEFICIARY.

IF A BENEFICIARY BECOMES ENTITLED TO THE DEATH BENEFIT IN AN AMOUNT LESS THAN
THE MINIMUM ACCUMULATION VALUE SHOWN ON PAGE 4, THE ACCUMULATION VALUE WILL BE
DISTRIBUTED TO THE BENEFICIARY.

THE CASH VALUE OF ANY AMOUNT DISTRIBUTED WILL BE THE ACCUMULATION VALUE
WITHDRAWN AS OF THE DATE OF WITHDRAWAL AS DETERMINED IN SECTION 4.6.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT. PRIOR TO THE FIRST CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, THE ENHANCED
DEATH BENEFIT WILL EQUAL THE TOTAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS PAID UNDER THE CONTRACT
LESS ANY AMOUNTS WITHDRAWN UNDER SECTION 4.5.

ON THE FIRST CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY AND ON EACH SUBSEQUENT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY
PRIOR TO THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT'S 80TH BIRTHDAY, THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT WILL
EQUAL THE GREATER OF:

     o    THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT ON THAT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY;
          OR
     o    THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT ON THE MOST RECENT VALUATION DATE PRIOR TO
          THAT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY.

     On any other Valuation Date prior to the Primary Annuitant's 80th birthday,
     the Enhanced Death Benefit will be equal to the Enhanced Death Benefit on
     the most recent contract anniversary, increased by any Purchase Payments
     paid since that contract anniversary and decreased by any amounts withdrawn
     under Section 4.5 since that contract anniversary.


<PAGE>   34

     On any Valuation Date on or after the Primary Annuitant's 80th birthday,
     the Enhanced Death Benefit will equal the Enhanced Death Benefit on the
     contract anniversary immediately prior to the Primary Annuitant's 80th
     birthday increased by any Purchase Payments paid since that contract
     anniversary and decreased by any amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5 since
     that contract anniversary.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT CHARGE. ON EACH CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY WHILE THIS AMENDMENT
IS IN EFFECT, A CHARGE FOR THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE DEDUCTED FROM THE
INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS IN PROPORTION TO THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE INVESTMENT
ACCOUNTS. THE CHARGE IS SHOWN ON PAGE 4.

EFFECTIVE DATE. THE EFFECTIVE DATE IS THE DATE ON WHICH PROOF OF DEATH IS
RECEIVED AT THE HOME OFFICE. HOWEVER, THE EFFECTIVE DATE WILL BE THE NEXT
FOLLOWING VALUATION DATE IF THE PROOF OF DEATH IS RECEIVED AT THE HOME OFFICE
EITHER:

     o    ON A VALUATION DATE AFTER THE CLOSE OF TRADING ON THE NEW YORK STOCK
          EXCHANGE; OR
     o    ON A DAY ON WHICH THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE IS CLOSED.

TERMINATION OF ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT. THIS AMENDMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT
UNTIL MATURITY UNLESS THE OWNER REQUESTS THAT IT BE REMOVED, THE CONTRACT
TERMINATES, OR THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT DIES. ONCE THE AMENDMENT IS REMOVED, IT
CANNOT BE ADDED AGAIN. THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5.2 IN THE CONTRACT ARE
APPLICABLE IF THIS AMENDMENT TERMINATES.

SECTION 5.3 DEATH BENEFIT IF PRIMARY ANNUITANT IS NOT AN OWNER

IF THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT IS NOT AN OWNER, UPON THE DEATH OF THE PRIMARY
ANNUITANT, THE CONTRACT CONTINUES WITH THE CONTINGENT ANNUITANT (SECTION 6.5) AS
THE NEW ANNUITANT. THE DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE THE GREATER OF:

     o    THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE; OR
     o    THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT.

AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT WILL BE SET AT
AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DEATH BENEFIT.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT. PRIOR TO THE FIRST CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, THE ENHANCED
DEATH BENEFIT WILL EQUAL THE TOTAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS PAID UNDER THE CONTRACT
LESS ANY AMOUNTS WITHDRAWN UNDER SECTION 4.5.

ON THE FIRST CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY AND ON EACH SUBSEQUENT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY
PRIOR TO THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT'S 80TH BIRTHDAY, THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT WILL
EQUAL THE GREATER OF:

     o    THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT ON THAT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY;
          OR
     o    THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT ON THE MOST RECENT VALUATION DATE PRIOR TO
          THAT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY.

          On any other Valuation Date prior to the Primary Annuitant's 80th
          birthday, the Enhanced Death Benefit will be equal to the Enhanced
          Death Benefit on the most recent contract anniversary, increased by
          any Purchase Payments paid since that contract anniversary and


<PAGE>   35

          decreased by any amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5 since that
          contract anniversary.

          On any Valuation Date on or after the Primary Annuitant's 80th
          birthday, the Enhanced Death Benefit will equal the Enhanced Death
          Benefit on the contract anniversary immediately prior to the Primary
          Annuitant's 80th birthday increased by any Purchase Payments paid
          since that contract anniversary and decreased by any amounts withdrawn
          under Section 4.5 since that contract anniversary.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT CHARGE. ON EACH CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY WHILE THIS AMENDMENT
IS IN EFFECT, A CHARGE FOR THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE DEDUCTED FROM THE
INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS IN PROPORTION TO THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE INVESTMENT
ACCOUNTS. THE CHARGE IS SHOWN ON PAGE 4.

EFFECTIVE DATE. THE EFFECTIVE DATE IS THE DATE ON WHICH PROOF OF DEATH IS
RECEIVED AT THE HOME OFFICE. HOWEVER, THE EFFECTIVE DATE WILL BE THE NEXT
FOLLOWING VALUATION DATE IF THE PROOF OF DEATH IS RECEIVED AT THE HOME OFFICE
EITHER:

     o    ON A VALUATION DATE AFTER THE CLOSE OF TRADING ON THE NEW YORK STOCK
          EXCHANGE; OR

     o    ON A DAY ON WHICH THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE IS CLOSED.

TERMINATION OF ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT. THIS AMENDMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT
UNTIL MATURITY UNLESS THE OWNER REQUESTS THAT IT BE REMOVED, THE CONTRACT
TERMINATES, OR THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT DIES. ONCE THE AMENDMENT IS REMOVED IT
CANNOT BE ADDED AGAIN. THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5.3 IN THE CONTRACT ARE
APPLICABLE IF THIS AMENDMENT TERMINATES.

                                                        (SIGNED)

                                                        SECRETARY
                                              THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
                                                    INSURANCE COMPANY








<PAGE>   36
                                  EXHIBIT B(5)


A                       APPLICATION FOR DEFERRED ANNUITY
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               720 E. Wisconsin Avenue Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202



                                                                 Contract Number
                                                                |
                                                                |
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1.  OTHER POLICIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Has a Northwestern Mutual Policy ever been issued on the annuitant's life?
     [ ] YES, THE LAST POLICY NUMBER IS: __________________ [  ] NO


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.   ANNUITANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Name:  First, MI, Last                      Sex     Birthdate: mm-dd-yyyy
     |                                            |       |
     |____________________________________________|_______|_____________________

       Street Address                              City, State, Zip
     |                                            |
     |____________________________________________|_____________________________

       Country, if other than US        Taxpayer ID Number    E-mail Address
     |                                 |                    |
     |_________________________________|____________________|___________________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 3.  MARKET
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Select one:
<TABLE>
<S><C>
    [ ] NON-TAX QUALIFIED                             } Owner must be indicated.
    [ ] 457 DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN                } Go to section 4.


    [ ] TRADITIONAL IRA
    [ ] ROTH IRA                                      } If the annuitant is a minor, go to section 4;
    [ ] SIMPLE IRA                                    } otherwise the annuitant is the
    [ ] SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION PLAN IRA (SEP)    } owner, go to section 5.


    [ ] 403(b) TDA - EMPLOYEE SALARY REDUCTION ONLY
    [ ] 403(b) TDA - EMPLOYER MATCHING OR NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS INCLUDED   } The annuitant is the owner.
    [ ] 401(g) NON-TRANSFERABLE ANNUITY                                         } Go to section 5.


    [ ] PENSION & PROFIT SHARING:

        Trust Number     Taxpayer ID Number
       |                |
       |________________|________________________________   } The owner and beneficiary
                                                            } are the trustees of the plan.
        Name of Owner - Trustees of                         } Go to section 6.
       |                |
       |________________|________________________________

</TABLE>

<PAGE>   37

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.   OWNER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     A minor owner limits future contract actions.
     Select one:
<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>                                        <C>
     [ ] ANNUITANT        } Go to section 5.
     [ ] SEE ATTACHMENT

     [ ] UGMA/UTMA - custodian is owner for the benefit of minor
     [ ] CORPORATION OR TRUST                                        } Enter information below.
     [ ] OTHER
</TABLE>

      Name:  First, MI, Last/Corporation/Trust     Sex    Birthdate: mm-dd-yyyy
     |                                            |      |
     |____________________________________________|______|_____________________


      Street Address                               City, State, Zip
     |                                            |
     |____________________________________________|____________________________

      Relationship to Annuitant    Taxpayer ID Number       E-mail Address
     |                            |                      |
     |____________________________|______________________|_____________________

      Date of Trust      Name of Trustees
     |                  |
     |__________________|______________________________________________________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.   BENEFICIARY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Cannot be annuitant unless "Estate of Annuitant" named.

     [ ] SEE ATTACHMENT - Go to section 6.

     DIRECT BENEFICIARY:      [ ] OWNER     [ ] OTHER - Enter information below:

      Name             Taxpayer ID Number (Optional)   Relationship      %
     |                |                               |                 |
     |________________|_______________________________|_________________|______



      Name             Taxpayer ID Number (Optional)   Relationship      %
     |                |                               |                 |
     |________________|_______________________________|_________________|______


     CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY:

      Name             Taxpayer ID Number (Optional)   Relationship      %
     |                |                               |                 |
     |________________|_______________________________|_________________|______

      Name             Taxpayer ID Number (Optional)   Relationship      %
     |                |                               |                 |
     |________________|_______________________________|_________________|______

     [ ] And all (other) children of the Annuitant.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.   REPLACEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As a result of this purchase, will the values or benefits of any other life
     insurance policy or annuity contract, on any life, be affected in any way?
     [ ] YES  [ ] NO

     Note to Agent: Values or benefits are affected if any question on the
     Definition of Replacement Supplement could be answered "yes."

     Will this annuity:

     A. Replace Northwestern Mutual Life?    [ ] YES   [ ] NO
     B. Replace other companies?             [ ] YES   [ ] NO
     C. Result in 1035 exchange?             [ ] YES   [ ] NO

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.   PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Select one:

     [ ] VARIABLE ANNUITY - Go to section V1.
     [ ] FIXED ANNUITY - SINGLE PREMIUM RETIREMENT ANNUITY - Go to section F1.

<PAGE>   38
VARIABLE ANNUITY SECTION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V1.  TYPE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ ]  BACK-END DESIGN   [ ] FRONT-END DESIGN - Minimum initial purchase payment
     $10,000.

The front-end design may provide better long term financial value than the back
end design. Factors to consider in making a decision include the expected
holding period of the annuity as well as anticipated liquidity needs.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V2.  OPTIONAL ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[ ]  I ELECT THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER.

There is an additional charge. Available to age 65. If this rider is not
elected, the standard death benefit will apply.
See prospectus for more information.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V3.  PAYMENT ALLOCATION AND OPTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.   PAYMENT ALLOCATION

     You must indicate payment allocations. Use whole percentages. Total must
     equal 100%.

         NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.

          %
         |______  Select Bond

         |______  International Equity

         |______  Money Market

         |______  Balanced

         |______  Index 500 Stock

         |______  Aggressive Growth Stock

         |______  High Yield Bond

         |______  Growth Stock

         |______  Growth and Income Stock

         |______  Index 400 Stock

         |______  Small Cap Growth Stock


         RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS

          %

         |______  Multi-Style Equity

         |______  Aggressive Equity

         |______  Non-US

         |______  Real Estate Securities

         |______  Core Bond


         FIXED FUND

          %

         |______  Guaranteed Interest


        Fund availability subject to state approval.



B.   OPTIONS

     You may select one of the following options:


     [ ] AUTOMATIC DOLLAR-COST AVERAGING

                         Amount
                      |
          I authorize |$ ________________________ to be transferred from the
          Money Market Fund:



          [ ] MONTHLY         [ ] QUARTERLY
          to the following funds:



          %         Fund Name
         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________

         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________

         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________

         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________

         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________

         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________


      [ ] PORTFOLIO RE-BALANCING

               Minimum contract value $10,000. Re-balancing transfers are not
               made to or from the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

               I authorize re-balancing transfers to be made according to the
               elected Payment Allocations:

               [ ]  MONTHLY                 [ ]  QUARTERLY

               [ ]  SEMI-ANNUALLY           [ ]  ANNUALLY



<PAGE>   39
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 V4.  INITIAL PAYMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

METHOD OF PAYMENT


Select one:                Amount
                        |$
     [ ] CHECK ATTACHED |___________________      Estimated Amount
                                               |$
     [ ] CHECK COMING FROM ANOTHER INSTITUTION |___________________

     [ ] ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (ISA/EFT) - Complete section V5.

     [ ] MULTIPLE CONTRACT BILL (MCB) - Required for Simple IRAs. Complete
         section V5.



IRA INFORMATION

This section must be completed if an IRA market was selected in Section 3.
CAUTION: ACCURATE SELECTION IS NEEDED TO ASSURE CORRECT TAX REPORTING. For
advice, consult your tax professional. Select all that apply:

     [ ] NEW CONTRIBUTIONS - Specify tax year:

                   Current Tax Year            |      Amount
                   ____________________________|$__________________________

                   Prior Tax Year              |      Amount
                   ____________________________|$__________________________


     [ ] DIRECT TRANSFER - Check Payable to Northwestern Mutual Life for the
         benefit of the contract owner.

             Indicate the market the money is coming from. Select one:

             [ ] TDA

             [ ] PENSION/PROFIT SHARING/401K/DEFINED BENEFIT

             [ ] TRADITIONAL IRA

             [ ] ROTH IRA

             [ ] SEP

             [ ] SIMPLE IRA - THE OWNER HAS BEEN A PARTICIPANT IN THE
                 EMPLOYER'S SIMPLE plan for:        [ ] TWO YEARS OR LESS
                                                    [ ] MORE THAN TWO YEARS


[ ] 60-DAY ROLLOVER - Personal check from owner or check endorsed to
    Northwestern Mutual Life.

             Only if applicable, also select one:

             [ ] TRADITIONAL IRA TO ROTH IRA

             [ ] SIMPLE IRA TO TRADITIONAL IRA- THE OWNER HAS BEEN A PARTICIPANT
                 IN THE EMPLOYER'S SIMPLE plan for: [ ] TWO YEARS OR LESS
                                                    [ ] MORE THAN TWO YEARS








<PAGE>   40
                  |                                          |
                  |                                          |
                               Attach Voided Check

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V5.  SCHEDULED PAYMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You may select either ISA/EFT or MCB.

                                                                      ISA Number
                                                                      [        ]
                                                                      [        ]
                                                                      [        ]
[ ] ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (ISA/EFT)
    You must attach a voided check.

Select one:

[ ] MONTHLY                [ ] QUARTERLY

[ ] SEMI-ANNUALLY          [ ] ANNUALLY

 Amount                        Date of First Draft
|                             |
|$                            |
 __________________________________________________________________

 Bank Transit Number           Checking/Savings Account Number
|                             |
|                             |
 __________________________________________________________________

                Bank Name
[ ] CHECKING   |
[ ] SAVINGS    |
                 _____________________________________________

BANK ACCOUNT OWNER - Select one:

[ ] ANNUITANT           [ ] OTHER- Enter information below:

 Name:  First, MI, Last                    Sex         Birthdate: mm-dd-yyyy
|                                         |           |
|                                         |           |
 ______________________________________________________________________________

 Street Address                            City, State, Zip
|                                         |
|                                         |
 ______________________________________________________________________________

 Taxpayer ID Number                        Daytime Telephone Number
|                                         |
|                                         |
 ______________________________________________________________________________


Signature below is authorization to the depository institution specified above
to pay and charge named account with electronic funds transfers, or other form
of pre-authorized check or withdrawal order transfers, initiated by the
Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company to its own order. This authorization
will remain in effect until revoked in writing.

                     X
                     __________________________________________________________
                     Signature of Bank Account Owner

[ ] MULTIPLE CONTRACT BILL (MCB)

 Amount                       MCB Number            MCB Payer Name
|                            |                     |
|$                           |                     |
 ______________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>   41
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGNATURES - VARIABLE ANNUITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE ANNUITANT CONSENTS TO THIS APPLICATION.

EACH PERSON SIGNING THIS APPLICATION DECLARES THAT THE ANSWERS AND STATEMENTS
MADE IN THIS APPLICATION ARE CORRECTLY RECORDED, COMPLETE AND TRUE TO THE BEST
OF HIS OR HER KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF.

IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT:

If the Owner is a Trustee or successor Trustee under a tax qualified plan or the
employer under a tax qualified non-trusteed plan, Northwestern Mutual Life will
be fully discharged of liability for any action taken by the Owner in the
exercise of any contract right and for all amounts paid to, or at the direction
of, the Owner and will have no obligation as to the use of the amounts. In all
dealings with the Owner, Northwestern Mutual Life will be fully protected
against the claims of every other person.

The first purchase payment will be credited the valuation date coincident with
or next following the date both the application and the purchase payment are
received at the Home Office.

Receipt of purchase payments at a payment facility designated by Northwestern
Mutual Life will be considered the same as receipt at the Home Office.

If a Tax Qualified Employee Plan, an IRA or TDA is applied for, the Applicant
and/or Annuitant have received and reviewed the appropriate ERISA, IRA or TDA
disclosure statements.

BACK-END DESIGN VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS HAVE PROVISIONS FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF
SURRENDER CHARGES ON CASH WITHDRAWAL.

No agent is authorized to make or alter contracts or to waive the rights or
requirements of Northwestern Mutual Life.

I acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus or Offering Circular and Report and I
understand that all payments and values provided by this contract, when based on
the investment experience of a separate account, are variable and are not
guaranteed as to amount.

<TABLE>
<S><C>
x                                                                        x
_________________________________________________________________        ________________________________________________
Signature of Applicant (Indicate relationship below if applicable)       Signature of Annuitant (if other than Applicant)

[ ] Trustee              [ ] Employer

                                                                         x
                                                                         ________________________________________________
                                                                         Signature of Licensed Agent

 Date                     Signed at:  City                              County                                   State
|                        |                                             |                                      |
|                        |                                             |                                      |
 ____________             _______________________________________       __________________________              ________
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   42

FIXED ANNUITY - SINGLE PREMIUM RETIREMENT ANNUITY SECTION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F1.  GUARANTEED PERIOD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    [ ]ONE YEAR                 [ ]THREE YEAR

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F2.  PAYMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     METHOD OF PAYMENT

     Select all that apply:


                           Amount
                    |
[ ]CHECK ATTACHED   |$ ________________

                                             Estimated Amount
                                          |
[ ]CHECK COMING FROM ANOTHER INSTITUTION  |$ __________________

     IRA INFORMATION

     This section must be completed if an IRA market was selected in Section 3.
     CAUTION: ACCURATE SELECTION IS NEEDED TO ASSURE CORRECT TAX REPORTING. For
     advice, consult your tax professional. Select one:

     [ ] DIRECT TRANSFER - Check Payable to Northwestern Mutual Life for the
     benefit of the contract owner.

            Indicate the market the money is coming from. Select one:

            [ ] TDA
            [ ] PENSION/PROFIT SHARING/401K/DEFINED BENEFIT
            [ ] TRADITIONAL IRA
            [ ] ROTH IRA
            [ ] SEP
            [ ] SIMPLE IRA - The owner has been a participant in the employer's
                SIMPLE plan for: [ ]TWO YEARS OR LESS
                                 [ ]MORE THAN TWO YEARS

     [ ]60-DAY ROLLOVER - Personal check from owner or check endorsed to
     Northwestern Mutual Life.

           Only if applicable, also select one:

           [ ] TRADITIONAL IRA TO ROTH IRA
           [ ] SIMPLE IRA TO TRADITIONAL IRA - The owner has been a participant
               in the employer's SIMPLE plan for: [ ] TWO YEARS OR LESS
                                                  [ ] MORE THAN TWO YEARS
<PAGE>   43
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SIGNATURES - FIXED ANNUITY - SINGLE PREMIUM RETIREMENT ANNUITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE ANNUITANT CONSENTS TO THIS APPLICATION.

EACH PERSON SIGNING THIS APPLICATION DECLARES THAT THE ANSWERS AND STATEMENTS
MADE IN THIS APPLICATION ARE CORRECTLY RECORDED, COMPLETE AND TRUE TO THE BEST
OF HIS OR HER KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF.

IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT:

If the Owner is a Trustee or successor Trustee under a tax qualified plan or the
employer under a tax qualified non-trusteed plan, Northwestern Mutual Life will
be fully discharged of liability for any action taken by the Owner in the
exercise of any contract right and for all amounts paid to, or at the direction
of, the Owner and will have no obligation as to the use of the amounts. In all
dealings with the Owner, Northwestern Mutual Life will be fully protected
against the claims of every other person.

The premium will be credited the date both the entire premium and the
application are received at the Home Office.

Receipt of the premium at a payment facility designated by Northwestern Mutual
Life will be considered the same as receipt at the Home Office.

If a Tax Qualified Employee Plan, an IRA or TDA is applied for, the Applicant
and/or Annuitant have received and reviewed the appropriate ERISA, IRA or TDA
disclosure statements.

FIXED ANNUITY - SINGLE PREMIUM RETIREMENT ANNUITY POLICIES HAVE PROVISIONS FOR
THE ASSESSMENT OF SURRENDER CHARGES ON CASH WITHDRAWAL.

No agent is authorized to make or alter contracts or to waive the rights or
requirements of Northwestern Mutual Life.










<TABLE>
<S><C>

X__________________________________________________________________        X_______________________________________________
Signature of Applicant  (Indicate relationship below if applicable)        Signature of Annuitant (if other than Applicant)
[ ] Trustee             [ ] Employer

                                                                           X_______________________________________________
                                                                            Signature of Licensed Agent

Date           Signed at: City                                        County                                State
|              |                                                      |                                      |
|              |                                                      |                                      |
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   44
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGENT'S CERTIFICATE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Annuitant Name:  First, MI, Last                                      A
     |
     |_____________________________________________________________________

     1. To the best of your knowledge will the annuity applied for replace any
        life insurance or annuity contract in this company or elsewhere?
        [ ] YES     [ ] NO

            Date of Delivery
           |
     2. On |__________ the following Prospectus or Offering Circular and Report
        was delivered:

        [ ] ACCOUNT A OFFERING CIRCULAR DATED______________AND REPORT DATED
            _____________(CORPORATE PENSION PLANS)
        [ ] ACCOUNT A PROSPECTUS DATED______________(PARTNERSHIP OR SOLE
            PROPRIETORSHIP PENSION PLANS)
        [ ] ACCOUNT B PROSPECTUS DATED______________(ALL OTHERS)

     3. Was any part of this application translated?

        [ ] YES, PLEASE EXPLAIN:                  [ ] NO

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I certify that to the best of my knowledge I have presented to the Company all
pertinent facts, have asked all questions and have completely and correctly
recorded the Applicant's and Annuitant's answers in accordance with the
instructions. I know nothing unfavorable about the Annuitant that is not stated
in the application or accompanying letter. I further certify that I have
reasonable grounds for believing the purchase of the annuity applied for is
suitable as an investment for the Annuitant based on the information furnished
by the Applicant and Annuitant and contained herein.

If this application is for a Variable Annuity, I certify that a current
Prospectus or Offering Circular and Report was delivered and that no written
sales materials other than those furnished by the Home Office were used.

                                                       Agent Phone Number
                                                      |
x_____________________________________________________|________________________

Signature of Agent

General Agent's approval for VARIABLE ANNUITIES only (signature of GENERAL AGENT
or APPOINTED REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVE)

x________________________________     __________________________________________

Signature                             Print Name

                                       or use stamp
                                      |
                                      |
                                      |
                                      |_________________________________________

<PAGE>   45
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEMOGRAPHICS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUITANT'S EDUCATION

[ ] Some Education  [ ] High School     [ ] Associate Degree    [ ] Some College
[ ] Bachelors       [ ] Masters         [ ] Attorney at Law     [ ] Doctorate

NUMBER OF CHILDREN

  Number
|                   [ ] None
|
|_________

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OCCUPATION                    INDUSTRY                                SOURCE OF APPLICANT
<S>                           <C>                                     <C>
[ ] Business Owner            [ ] Agriculture, Forestry &Fishing      [ ] Agent's Own Policyowner
[ ] Clerical                  [ ] Construction                        [ ] Orphan Policyowner
[ ] Consultant                [ ] Finance, Insurance &Real Estate     [ ] Referred Lead
[ ] Craftsman                 [ ] Manufacturing                       [ ] Acquaintance
[ ] Homemaker                 [ ] Mining                              [ ] Newcomer Service
[ ] Legal                     [ ] Nonclassifiable Establishments      [ ] Cold Canvass
[ ] Managerial/Executive      [ ] Public Administration               [ ] Lead Letter Reply
[ ] Medical                   [ ] Retail Trade                        [ ] Published Sources
[ ] Professional              [ ] Services                            [ ] Walk-in
[ ] Sales                     [ ] Transportation, Communication       [ ] Family member or yourself
                                  & Utilities
[ ] Service Worker                                                        Other
[ ] Technical                 [ ] Wholesale Trade                     |
                                                                      |______________________________
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deliver contract package to the servicing agent at the: [ ] GA office
                                                        [ ] DA office
                                                        [ ] Agent's own office

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRODUCTION AND COMMISSION CREDITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Primary or Secondary     If secondary contract,
 Agent Number       Agents Full Name*: Last, First     % Interest          Contract (P or S)        secondary Appt. Agt. No.
<S>                <C>                                <C>                 <C>                      <C>
|                  |                                  |                   |                        |
|__________________|__________________________________|___________________|________________________|_________________________


|                  |                                  |                   |                        |
|__________________|__________________________________|___________________|________________________|_________________________


|                  |                                  |                   |                        |
|__________________|__________________________________|___________________|________________________|_________________________


|                  |                                  |                   |                        |
|__________________|__________________________________|___________________|________________________|_________________________


|                  |                                  |                   |                        |
|__________________|__________________________________|___________________|________________________|_________________________

</TABLE>
*Commissions are payable only to Registered Representatives of Northwestern
Mutual Investment Services, LLC.


               General Agent's Number             General Agent's Stamp
              |                                  |
              |_______________________           |
                                                 |
                                                 |_________________

<PAGE>   46


<TABLE>
<S><C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A                                  Annuitant                         Amount     Plan
                                  |                                 |          |
                                  |_________________________________|$_________|_________________________________


         RECEIPT
If the premium or purchase        Received of___________________________________________________________________
payment is paid at the time
of application, this receipt      the sum of $__________________________________________________________________
must be completed and given       for the Annuity applied for in the application to The Northwestern Mutual LIfe
to the Applicant. No other        Insurance Company, 720 East Wisconsin Ave., Milwaukee, WI 53202.
receipt will be recognized by
the Company.                      Place and Date                     Agent
                                  |                                 |
                                  |_________________________________|____________________________________________
</TABLE>

ALL CHECKS SHOULD BE PAYABLE TO NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE. DO NOT MAKE THE CHECK
PAYABLE TO THE AGENT OR LEAVE THE PAYEE BLANK.

EFFECTIVE DATE: The Annuity will be effective on the date the application and
initial purchase payment are received at the Home Office. Receipt of purchase
payments at a payment facility designated by Northwestern Mutual Life will be
considered the same as receipt at the Home Office.

REFUND: If delivery of a Fixed Annuity-Single Premium Retirement Annuity is not
accepted, the Company will refund any premium paid. If delivery of a Variable
Annuity is not accepted, the Company will refund the sum of the difference
between the purchase payments paid and the amounts, if any, allocated to the
Separate Account plus the value of the Accumulation Units of the Separate
Account on the effective date of return, except where otherwise required by law.

No agent is authorized to make or alter contracts or to waive any of the
Company's rights or requirements.


<PAGE>   1
                               EXHIBIT B(4)(a)(1)

    The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company agrees to pay the benefits
         provided in this contract, subject to its terms and conditions.
                Signed at Milwaukee, Wisconsin on the Issue Date.

                                    (signed)
                           President and CEO   Secretary


                  FLEXIBLE PAYMENT VARIABLE ANNUITY - ACCOUNT A
            Net Purchase Payments accumulated in a Separate Account,
       assets of which are invested in shares of one or more mutual funds,
                          or Guaranteed Interest Fund.

              Contract benefits payable in one sum or as variable
                          or guaranteed monthly income.
             Variable Payment Plan benefits described in Section 11.

                                 Participating.

AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS AND VARIABLE PAYMENTS
PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT BUT ARE
VARIABLE AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE TO REFLECT THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF
THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.

RIGHT TO RETURN CONTRACT. Please read this contract carefully. The Owner may
return the contract for any reason within ten days after receiving it. Return of
the contract is effective on the date written notice of the return is delivered,
mailed or sent by telegram to either The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
Company, 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 or the agent who
sold the contract. If returned, the contract will be cancelled and the Company
will refund the sum of (a) the difference between the Purchase Payments paid and
the amounts, if any, allocated to the Separate Account plus (b) the value of the
Accumulation Units of the Separate Account on the effective date of return.






                  CONTRACT NUMBER          12 345 678

                  PRIMARY ANNUITANT        John J. Doe

                  ISSUE DATE               March 31, 2000            Sex Neutral




<PAGE>   2




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTRACT INFORMATION, INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS

CHARGES AND FEES

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS, ACCUMULATION VALUE, PAYMENT PLANS

SECTION 1.  GENERAL TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

SECTION 2.  SEPARATE ACCOUNT
        o   Separate Account
        o   Accumulation Units
        o   Net Investment Factor
        o   Substitution and Change

SECTION 3.  GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND
        o   Guaranteed Interest Fund
        o   Accumulation Value
        o   Transfer Restrictions
        o   Maximum Guaranteed Interest Fund Accumulation Value
        o   Table of Guaranteed Values

SECTION 4.  PURCHASE PAYMENTS, TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS
        o   Payment of Purchase Payments
        o   Application of Purchase Payments
        o   Selection of Investment Account for Purchase Payments
        o   Transfer of Accumulation Value
        o   Withdrawals and Full Surrender
        o   Effective Date

SECTION 5.  BENEFITS
        o   Maturity Benefit
        o   Death Benefit if Annuitant is an Owner
        o   Death Benefit if Annuitant is not an Owner

SECTION 6.  BENEFICIARIES AND CONTINGENT ANNUITANTS
        o   Naming and Changing of Beneficiaries
        o   Succession in Interest of Beneficiaries
        o   Trustee as Beneficiary
        o   General
        o   Naming and Changing a Contingent Annuitant


<PAGE>   3




SECTION 7.  CHARGES, FEES AND CONVERSION
        o   Premium Taxes
        o   Contract Fee
        o   Conversion of Investment Accounts
        o   Withdrawal Charge

SECTION 8.  OWNERSHIP
        o   The Owner
        o   Transfer of Ownership
        o   Naming and Changing a Successor Owner
        o   Collateral Assignment
        o   Reports to Owners
        o   Transferability Restrictions

SECTION 9.  THE CONTRACT
        o   Guarantees
        o   Valuation of Separate Account Assets
        o   Determination of Separate Account Values
        o   Deferment of Benefit Payments
        o   Dividends
        o   Incontestability
        o   Misstatements
        o   Entire contract; Changes
        o   Termination of Contract.

SECTION 10.  PAYMENT OF CONTRACT BENEFITS
        o   Payment of Benefits
        o   Death Benefit
        o   Effective Date for Payment Plan
        o   Payment Plan Elections

SECTION 11.  PAYMENT PLANS
        o   Description of Payment Plans
        o   Allocation of Benefits
        o   Annuity Units under Variable Payment Plans
        o   Payments under Variable Payment Plans
        o   Transfers Involving Variable Payment Plans
        o   Withdrawal under Payment Plans
        o   Naming and Changing of Beneficiaries under Payment Plans
        o   Succession in Interest of Beneficiaries under Payment Plans
        o   Payment Plan Rates

<PAGE>   4




ADDITIONAL BENEFITS (IF ANY)

APPLICATION

                                  ENDORSEMENTS
                to be made only by the Company at the Home Office






<PAGE>   5



                                CONTRACT INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
         CONTRACT NUMBER                  12 345 678

         PLAN                             Flexible Payment Variable Annuity

         ADDITIONAL BENEFITS              Enhanced Death Benefit

         TAX REPORTING CATEGORY           Pension Annuity

         PRIMARY ANNUITANT                John J. Doe
         AGE AND SEX                      35       Male
         OWNER                            John J. Doe, the Annuitant

         ISSUE DATE                       March 31,2000
         CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY             March 31, 2001 and each March 31
                                          thereafter
         MATURITY DATE                    March 31, 2050

         DIRECT BENEFICIARY               Jane K. Doe, Wife of the Annuitant
</TABLE>


                               INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS

         On the Issue Date, Net Purchase Payments and contract values may be
         allocated among the following Investment Accounts. Available Separate
         Account Divisions are subject to change. See Section 2.1.

         Divisions of Separate Account A:
                   Select Bond Division
                   International Equity Division
                   Money Market Division
                   Balanced Division
                   Index 500 Stock Division
                   Aggressive Growth Stock Division
                   High Yield Bond Division
                   Growth Stock Division
                   Growth and Income Stock Division
                   Index 400 Stock Division
                   Small Cap Growth Stock Division
                   Russell Multi-Style Equity Division
                   Russell Aggressive Equity Division
                   Russell Non-US Division
                   Russell Core Bond Division
                   Russell Real Estate Securities Division

         Guaranteed Accounts:
                   Guaranteed Interest Fund


                                     Page 3


<PAGE>   6




                                       CONTRACT NUMBER   12 345 678

         CHARGES AND FEES

         DEDUCTION FROM PURCHASE PAYMENTS:

                  PREMIUM TAX (See Section 7.1):
                           For the first Contract Year, Premium Taxes are not
                           deducted from Purchase Payments. After the first
                           Contract Year, the Company may deduct Premium Taxes
                           from Purchase Payments received or benefits paid.

         ANNUAL MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE (See Section 2.3):
                  Class A Annuity and Accumulation Units:
                           0.50% at Issue; 0.75% Maximum
                  Class B Annuity and Accumulation Units:
                           1.25% at Issue; 1.50% Maximum

         ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE (See Section 7.2):
                  $30 charged on the contract anniversary. The contract fee will
                  be waived if the Accumulation Value of the contract equals or
                  exceeds $25,000 on the contract anniversary.

         ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT CHARGE
                  0.10% of the Enhanced Death Benefit on each contract
                  anniversary.

         TRANSFER FEE (See Sections 4.4 and 11.5):
                  $25 beginning with the thirteenth transfer in any Contract
                  Year.


                              CONTINUED ON PAGE 4-1

                                     Page 4


<PAGE>   7



                              CONTINUED FROM PAGE 4

         CHARGES AND FEES

         WITHDRAWAL CHARGE: (See Section 7.4)

         The first $100,000 of Net Purchase Payments paid under the contract
         start in Category Eight. The next $400,000 start in Category Four. All
         additional Net Purchase Payments start in Category Two. On each
         contract anniversary, any amount in a category moves to the next lower
         category until that amount reaches Category Zero. On the date on which
         proof of death of the Primary Annuitant is received at the Home Office,
         Net Purchase Payments paid prior to the date of death move to Category
         Zero.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Withdrawal                Withdrawal
                         Charge                    Charge
                         Category                  Percentage
<S>                                                <C>
                         Eight                         6%
                         Seven                         6%
                         Six                           6%

                         Five                          5%
                         Four                          4%
                         Three                         3%

                         Two                           2%
                         One                           1%
                         Zero                          0%
</TABLE>


         MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS, ACCUMULATION VALUE, PAYMENT PLANS

         MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENT (See Section 4.1): $25

         MINIMUM ACCUMULATION VALUE (See Sections 5.2 and 9.9):  $2,000

         MINIMUM PAYMENT UNDER PAYMENT PLAN (See Sections 9.9 and 10.1): $50
         Monthly Income.










                                    Page 4-1


<PAGE>   8



                                  CONTRACT NUMBER           12 345 678

              GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND - TABLE OF GUARANTEED VALUES

The table shows minimum guaranteed values and assumes a $5,000 Purchase Payment
made at the time of issue followed by subsequent $1,000 Purchase Payments made
annually thereafter on each contract anniversary. The values are based on the
assumption that 100% of all Net Purchase Payments are allocated to, and remain
in, the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         End of
        Contract                                Accumulation          Cash
          Year             March 31                Value              Value
<S>                        <C>                  <C>               <C>
            1                2001               $     5,150       $     4,850
            2                2002                     6,303             5,943
            3                2003                     7,491             7,121
            4                2004                     8,715             8,345
            5                2005                     9,976             9,616

            6                2006                    11,274            10,934
            7                2007                    12,611            12,301
            8                2008                    13,989            13,719
       Age 70                2035                    72,523            72,253
</TABLE>


This table is based on the guaranteed annual effective interest rate of 3%.
Higher declared rates of interest will increase values. Values shown at the end
of contract years do not reflect any Purchase Payments paid on that contract
anniversary. The actual guaranteed values may differ from those shown above,
depending on the amount and frequency of Purchase Payments.




                                     Page 4A


<PAGE>   9



                    SECTION 1. GENERAL TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

ACCUMULATION UNIT          A unit of measure used to determine the value of the
                           interest of this contract in the Separate Account
                           prior to the date on which amounts are placed under a
                           payment plan. Accumulation Units may be Class A
                           Accumulation Units or Class B Accumulation Units.

ACCUMULATION VALUE         The Accumulation Value of a Separate Account Division
                           is the total value of all Accumulation Units in that
                           Division. The Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed
                           Interest Fund is the sum of amounts applied to the
                           fund, plus credited interest, less amounts withdrawn
                           or transferred from the fund. The Accumulation Value
                           of the contract is the sum of the Accumulation Values
                           of all Investment Accounts.

ANNUITANT                  The Primary Annuitant and, upon the death of the
                           Primary Annuitant, the Contingent Annuitant.

ANNUITY UNIT               A unit of measure used to determine the amount of
                           variable payments under a variable payment plan and
                           the value of the interest of a variable payment plan
                           in the Separate Account. Annuity Units may be Class A
                           Annuity Units or Class B Annuity Units.

BENEFICIARIES              The term "Beneficiaries" as used in this contract
                           includes direct beneficiaries, contingent
                           beneficiaries and further payees.

COMPANY                    The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT       The person who becomes the Annuitant upon the death
                           of an Annuitant.

CONTRACT FEE               An annual charge for administration expenses made on
                           each contract anniversary prior to the Maturity Date.

CONTRACT YEAR              The first Contract Year is the period of time ending
                           on the first contract anniversary. Subsequent
                           Contract Years are the annual periods between
                           contract anniversaries.

DIVISION                   A component of the Separate Account to which the
                           Owner may allocate Net Purchase Payments and contract
                           values.

GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND   The portion of the contract that is credited with a
                           guaranteed interest rate and which is held as part of
                           the general assets of the Company. The Guaranteed
                           Interest Fund may consist of a Class A Guaranteed
                           Interest Fund and a Class B Guaranteed Interest Fund.

HOME OFFICE                The office of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                           Company located at 720 East Wisconsin Avenue,
                           Milwaukee, WI 53202.

INVESTMENT ACCOUNT         The Guaranteed Interest Fund and Separate Account
                           Divisions available for allocation of Net Purchase
                           Payments and contract values. The available
                           Investment Accounts are listed on page 3.




<PAGE>   10

ISSUE DATE                 The date this contract is issued and becomes
                           effective.

MATURITY DATE              The date upon which contract benefits will become
                           payable. If the contract is continued in force under
                           the Optional Maturity Date provision, the Optional
                           Maturity Date will become the Maturity Date.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT       A Purchase Payment less all applicable deductions.
                           Deductions may include a Premium Tax.

OPTIONAL MATURITY DATE     The contract anniversary nearest the Annuitant's 90th
                           birthday. Upon reaching the Maturity Date shown on
                           page 3, the Owner may elect to continue the contract
                           in force until this Optional Maturity Date.

OWNER                      The person possessing the ownership rights stated in
                           this contract.

PORTFOLIOS                 Mutual funds or portfolios of mutual funds in which
                           the assets of the Separate Account are invested.

PREMIUM TAX                A tax imposed by a governmental entity when Purchase
                           Payments are received or benefits are paid.

PRIMARY ANNUITANT          The person upon whose life this contract is initially
                           issued.

PURCHASE PAYMENT           A payment made by or on behalf of the Owner with
                           respect to this contract.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT           NML Variable Annuity Account A. The Separate Account
                           consists of assets set aside by the Company, the
                           investment performance of which is kept separate from
                           that of the general assets and all other separate
                           account assets of the Company.

SUCCESSOR OWNER            The person designated to become the Owner upon the
                           death of the Owner, provided the Owner was not the
                           Annuitant at the time of the Owner's death.

TRANSFER FEE               A deduction that is made from the amount transferred
                           between Investment Accounts.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE          A deduction that is made from maturity benefits and
                           withdrawal amounts.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE FREE AMOUNT    For a withdrawal, the amount that can be
                           withdrawn without a Withdrawal Charge prior to the
                           withdrawal of Net Purchase Payments

VALUATION DATE             Any day on which the assets of the Separate Account
                           are valued. Assets are valued as of the close of
                           trading on the New York Stock Exchange for each day
                           the Exchange is open.


<PAGE>   11




                          SECTION 2. SEPARATE ACCOUNT

2.1 SEPARATE ACCOUNT

The Separate Account (NML Variable Annuity Account A) has been established by
the Company. The Separate Account consists of assets set aside by the Company,
the investment performance of which is kept separate from that of the general
assets and all other separate account assets of the Company. The assets of the
Separate Account will not be charged with liabilities arising out of any other
business the Company may conduct. Interests in the Separate Account are
represented by Accumulation Units and Annuity Units, described in Sections 2.2
and 11.3, respectively.

The Separate Account is comprised of the Divisions listed on page 3. The assets
allocated to these Divisions are invested in shares of the corresponding
Portfolios. Shares of the Portfolios are purchased for the Separate Account at
their net asset value.

The Company reserves the right to eliminate or add additional Divisions and
Portfolios.

2.2 ACCUMULATION UNITS

The interest of this contract in the Separate Account, prior to the date on
which amounts become payable under a payment plan, is represented by
Accumulation Units. The dollar value of Accumulation Units for each Division
will increase or decrease to reflect the investment experience of the Division.
The value of an Accumulation Unit on any Valuation Date is the product of:

     o   the value on the immediately preceding Valuation Date; and
     o   the Net Investment Factor for the period from the immediately preceding
         Valuation Date up to and including the current Valuation Date (the
         current period).

There may be Class A and Class B Accumulation Units. The Mortality and Expense
Risk Charge for each class is shown on page 4. Net Purchase Payments applied to
the Separate Account and transfers from the Class B Guaranteed Interest Fund
purchase Class B Accumulation Units until conversion takes place as described in
Section 7.3.

2.3 NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

For each Division of the Separate Account the Net Investment Factor for the
current period is one plus the net investment rate for that Division. The net
investment rate for the current period is equal to the gross investment rate for
the Division reduced on each Valuation Date by a Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge. The charge for these risks on the Issue Date is shown on page 4. The
Company may increase or decrease the charge after the Issue Date, but the
Company may not increase the charge to exceed the maximum charge shown on page
4.


<PAGE>   12




The gross investment rate for the current period for each Division is equal to
a. divided by b. where:

     a. is:
        o   the investment income of the Division for the current period; plus
        o   capital gains for the period, whether realized or unrealized, on the
            assets of the Division; less
        o   capital losses for the period, whether realized or unrealized, on
            the assets of the Division; less
        o   deduction for any tax liability paid or reserved for by the Company
            resulting from the maintenance or operation of the Division; and
            less
        o   any reasonable expenses paid or reserved for by the Company which
            result from a substitution of other securities for shares of the
            Portfolio(s) as set forth in Section 2.4; and

     b. is the value of the assets in the Division on the immediately preceding
Valuation Date.

The gross investment rate may be positive or negative. The deduction for any tax
liability may be charged proportionately against those contracts to which the
liability is attributable by a reduction in the gross investment rate for those
contracts.


2.4 SUBSTITUTION AND CHANGE

Pursuant to the authority of the Board of Trustees of the Company:

    o   the assets of the Division may be invested in securities other than
        shares of the Portfolio(s) as a substitute for those shares already
        purchased or as the securities to be purchased in the future; and

    o   the provisions of the contracts may be modified to comply with any other
        applicable federal or state laws.

In the event of a substitution or change, the Company may make appropriate
endorsement on this and other contracts having an interest in the Separate
Account and take other actions as may be necessary to effect the substitution or
change. Any such substitution or change will be subject to any required approval
of the Commissioner of Insurance for the state of Wisconsin, and filing with the
state in which this contract is issued.



<PAGE>   13



                       SECTION 3. GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND

3.1 GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND

Net Purchase Payments (see Section 4.2) and amounts transferred from other
Investment Accounts under this contract (see Section 4.4) may be applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund. Contract benefits placed under a variable payment plan
may not be applied to the Guaranteed Interest Fund. Amounts applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund become part of the general assets of the Company.

3.2 ACCUMULATION VALUE

The Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund is the sum of the amounts
applied to it, plus credited interest, less any amounts withdrawn or transferred
from the fund. Interest begins to accrue on the effective date of the Purchase
Payment or transfer (see Section 4.6).

There may be Class A and Class B Guaranteed Interest Funds. Net Purchase
Payments applied to the Guaranteed Interest Fund and amounts transferred from
Class B Accumulation Units into the Guaranteed Interest Fund are applied to the
Class B Guaranteed Interest Fund until conversion takes place as described in
Section 7.3. Amounts transferred from Class A Accumulation Units into the
Guaranteed Interest Fund are applied to the Class A Guaranteed Interest Fund.

Interest will be credited at an annual effective interest rate of not less than
3%. A higher rate may be declared by the Company from time to time for a period
set by the Company. The declared rate for the Class A Guaranteed Interest Fund
will always equal or exceed the declared rate for the Class B Guaranteed
Interest Fund.

3.3 TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Transfers of Accumulation Value from the Guaranteed Interest Fund will not be
allowed for a period of 365 days following the most recent transfer of
Accumulation Value from the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

The maximum amount of the Accumulation Value that may be transferred from the
Guaranteed Interest Fund in one transfer is limited to the greater of:

    o   25% of the Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund on the
        last contract anniversary preceding the transfer; and
    o   the amount of the most recent transfer from the Guaranteed Interest
        Fund.

However, in no event will this maximum transfer amount be less than $1,000 or
greater than $50,000.

Transfers of Accumulation Value into the Guaranteed Interest Fund will not be
allowed for a period of 90 days following the most recent transfer of
Accumulation Value from the Guaranteed Interest Fund.


<PAGE>   14




3.4 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND ACCUMULATION VALUE

The Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund may not exceed $1,000,000
without prior consent of the Company, except when the maximum is exceeded
because of interest accruing to the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

3.5 TABLE OF GUARANTEED VALUES

Accumulation and cash values are shown on page 4A. The values are based on the
assumptions stated on page 4A and are for the end of the contract years shown.
Values for contract years not shown are calculated on the same basis as those
shown on page 4A. Guaranteed values are at least as great as those required by
the state in which this contract is delivered.

              SECTION 4. PURCHASE PAYMENTS, TRANSFERS, WITHDRAWALS

4.1 PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

All Purchase Payments are payable at the Home Office or to an authorized agent.
A receipt signed by an officer of the Company will be furnished on request.

Purchase Payments may be made at any time prior to the death of an Owner and
prior to the Maturity Date. Purchase Payments may be made after the death of an
Owner only if the new Owner of the contract is the surviving spouse of the
deceased Owner. The Owner may vary the amount of Purchase Payments, but no
Purchase Payment may be less than the Minimum Purchase Payment shown on page 4.
Total Purchase Payments may not exceed $5,000,000 without the consent of the
Company.

The Company will not accept any Purchase Payment under Section 4 unless it is a
contribution under a pension or profit sharing plan which meets the requirements
of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, or the
requirements for deduction of the employer's contribution under Section 404
(a)(2) of such code.

4.2 APPLICATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Each Purchase Payment, net of Premium Taxes, will be applied to one or more
Investment Accounts. Net Purchase Payments applied to the Guaranteed Interest
Fund will accrue interest from the effective date of the Purchase Payment. Net
Purchase Payments purchase Class B Accumulation Units or are applied to the
Class B Guaranteed Interest Fund. Accumulation Units are credited as of the
effective date of the Net Purchase Payment.

The number of Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the Net Purchase
Payment by the value of an Accumulation Unit on the effective date. This number
of Accumulation Units will not be changed by any subsequent change in the dollar
value of Accumulation Units.


<PAGE>   15




4.3 SELECTION OF INVESTMENT ACCOUNT FOR PURCHASE PAYMENTS

The Owner may change the allocation of Net Purchase Payments among the
Investment Accounts by written notice to the Company. Net Purchase Payments
received at the Home Office on or after the date on which notice is received
will be applied to the designated Investment Accounts on the basis of the new
allocation.

4.4 TRANSFER OF ACCUMULATION VALUE

Before the Maturity Date the Owner may, on request satisfactory to the Company,
transfer amounts from one Investment Account to another, subject to the transfer
restrictions described in Section 3.3.

For transfers among the Separate Account Divisions, the number of Accumulation
Units to be applied or deducted will be adjusted to reflect the respective value
of the Accumulation Units in each of the Divisions on the date the transfer is
effective.

For transfers from the Guaranteed Interest Fund, amounts closest to expiration
of an interest rate guarantee will be removed first. In the event that two
amounts are equally close to expiration, the one which was applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund earlier will be removed first.

Any transfers of Class A Accumulation Value purchase Class A Accumulation Units
or are applied to the Class A Guaranteed Interest Fund. Any transfers of Class B
Accumulation Value purchase Class B Accumulation Units or are applied to the
Class B Guaranteed Interest Fund.

A Transfer Fee may be deducted from the amount transferred. The maximum amount
of the Transfer Fee is shown on page 4. The minimum amount which may be
transferred is the lesser of $100 or the entire Accumulation Value of the
Investment Account from which the transfer is being made.

4.5  WITHDRAWALS AND FULL SURRENDER

Before the Maturity Date the Owner may, on request satisfactory to the Company,
withdraw all or a portion of the Accumulation Value of the contract. The Company
may require that the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page 4 remain after a
partial withdrawal. Withdrawal of the entire value of the contract constitutes a
full surrender, and receipt of the contract at the Home Office will terminate
this contract. Receipt of the contract may be waived by the Company.

The cash value of the amount withdrawn will be the Accumulation Value withdrawn
determined as of the date the withdrawal is effective, less any applicable
Withdrawal Charge. The Withdrawal Charge is described in Section 7.4

The term "withdrawal amounts" as used in this contract includes amounts paid as
full surrenders and withdrawals of a portion of the Accumulation Value of the
contract.


<PAGE>   16



Withdrawals from the Guaranteed Interest Fund will be withdrawn in accordance
with the Order of Withdrawal provisions of Section 7.4. Subject to that order of
withdrawal, the first amounts withdrawn from the Class A Guaranteed Interest
Fund or the Class B Guaranteed Interest Fund, whichever are applicable, will be
those amounts closest to the expiration of an interest rate guarantee. In the
event two amounts are equally close to expiration, the one which was applied to
the Guaranteed Interest Fund earlier will be removed first.

4.6 EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date of a Purchase Payment, transfer, or withdrawal is the
Valuation Date on which the Purchase Payment or the request for transfer or
withdrawal is received at the Home Office. However, the Purchase Payment,
transfer, or withdrawal will be effective on the following Valuation Date if the
Purchase Payment, request for transfer or withdrawal is received at the Home
Office either:

    o   on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
        Exchange; or
    o   on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

                               SECTION 5. BENEFITS

5.1 MATURITY BENEFIT

MATURITY OPTIONS. If the Annuitant is living on the Maturity Date shown on page
3, and that Maturity Date is earlier than the contract anniversary nearest the
Annuitant's 90th birthday, the Owner may elect between the following maturity
options:

    o   payment of a monthly income under a payment plan chosen by the Owner; or
    o   deferral of the maturity benefit and continuation of this contract to
        the Optional Maturity Date. The contract will continue under this option
        if a written election for this purpose is received by the Company or if
        on the Maturity Date shown on page 3, the Owner has not chosen a payment
        plan.

If the Annuitant is living on the Maturity Date and that Maturity Date is on or
after the contract anniversary nearest the Annuitant's 90th birthday, the
Company will pay a monthly income under a payment form chosen by the Owner.

PAYMENT OF MATURITY BENEFIT. The amount of the monthly income paid as the
maturity benefit will depend on the payment plan chosen (see Section 11) and the
maturity value. The maturity value of this contract will be the Accumulation
Value of the contract on the effective date of the maturity benefit, less any
applicable Withdrawal Charge (see Section 7.4). The maturity benefit will be
effective on the Maturity Date. However, if the New York Stock Exchange is
closed on the Maturity Date, the effective date will be the Valuation Date next
preceding the Maturity Date.

If no payment form is chosen at the time a monthly income becomes payable,
payments will be made under the variable payment form of Life Income Plan
(Option C), with installments certain for ten years, as described in Section
11.1.


<PAGE>   17




OPTIONAL MATURITY DATE. The Optional Maturity Date is the contract anniversary
nearest the Annuitant's 90th birthday. If the contract is continued to the
Optional Maturity Date, all contract rights of the Owner will continue in effect
to the Optional Maturity Date. The Optional Maturity Date will become the
Maturity Date for all other purposes of this contract.

5.2 DEATH BENEFIT IF ANNUITANT IS AN OWNER

If the Annuitant is an Owner, the beneficiary becomes entitled to the Death
Benefit upon receipt at the Home Office of satisfactory proof of the death of
the Annuitant before the Maturity Date. The Death Benefit will be the
Accumulation Value of the contract determined on the effective date. The
effective date is the date on which proof of death is received at the Home
Office. However, the effective date will be the next following Valuation Date if
the proof of death is received at the Home Office either:

    o   on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
        Exchange; or
    o   on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

If the beneficiary becomes entitled to the Death Benefit due to the death of the
Primary Annuitant prior to the Primary Annuitant's 75th birthday, the Death
Benefit will not be less than:

    o   total Net Purchase Payments paid under the contract; less
    o   any amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5.

As of the effective date, the Accumulation Value of the contract will be set at
an amount equal to the Death Benefit. Unless a payment plan was elected by the
Owner, the beneficiary automatically becomes the Owner and Annuitant of the
contract. However, if the beneficiary is not a natural person and no payment
plan was elected by the Owner, the beneficiary may select a natural person to be
the Annuitant. If a natural person is not selected to be the Annuitant within 60
days of the date on which proof of death of the Annuitant is received at the
Home Office, the Accumulation Value will be distributed to the beneficiary.

If a beneficiary becomes entitled to the Death Benefit in an amount less than
the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page 4, the Accumulation Value will be
distributed to the beneficiary.

The cash value of any amount distributed will be the Accumulation Value
withdrawn as of the date of withdrawal as determined in Section 4.6.

5.3 DEATH BENEFIT IF ANNUITANT IS NOT AN OWNER

If the Annuitant is not an Owner, upon the death of the Annuitant the contract
continues with the Contingent Annuitant (Section 6.5) as the new Annuitant. The
Death Benefit will be the Accumulation Value of the contract determined on the
effective date. The effective date is the date on which proof of death is
received at the Home Office. However, the effective date will be the next
following Valuation Date if the proof of death is received at the Home Office
either:

    o   on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
        Exchange; or
    o   on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.


<PAGE>   18




If the Primary Annuitant dies prior to the Primary Annuitant's 75th birthday,
the Death Benefit will not be less than:

    o   total Net Purchase Payments paid under the contract; less
    o   any amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5.

As of the effective date the Accumulation Value of the contract will be set at
an amount equal to the Death Benefit.

               SECTION 6. BENEFICIARIES AND CONTINGENT ANNUITANTS

6.1 NAMING AND CHANGING OF BENEFICIARIES

FOR MATURITY BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWALS BY OWNER. The Owner may name and change the
beneficiaries of maturity benefits or withdrawal amounts before the Maturity
Date. If no beneficiary is named by the Owner, the Owner will be the direct
beneficiary.

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY OWNER. The Owner may name and change the beneficiaries of
the Death Benefits while the Annuitant is living. If no such beneficiary is
named by the Owner, the Owner or the Owner's estate will be the direct
beneficiary.

FOR MATURITY OR DEATH BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS BY SPOUSE (MARITAL
DEDUCTION PROVISION).

     o   POWER TO APPOINT. The spouse of the Annuitant will have the power alone
         and in all events to appoint all amounts payable to the spouse under
         the contract if:
         a. just before the Annuitant's death, the Annuitant was the Owner; and
         b. the spouse is a direct beneficiary; and
         c. the spouse survives the Annuitant.

     o   TO WHOM SPOUSE CAN APPOINT.  Under this power, the spouse can appoint:
         a. to the estate of the spouse; or
         b. to any other person.

     o   EFFECT OF EXERCISE.  As to the amounts appointed, the exercise of this
         power will:
         a. revoke any other designation of beneficiaries;
         b. revoke any election of payment plan as it applies to them; and
         c. cause any provision to the contrary in Section 6 or 10 of this
            contract to be of no effect.

EFFECTIVE DATE. A naming or changing of a beneficiary will be effective on
receipt at the Home Office of a written request that is acceptable to the
Company. The request will then take effect as of the date that it was signed.
The Company is not responsible for any payment or other action that is taken by
it before the receipt of the request. The Company may require that the contract
be sent to it to be endorsed to show the naming or change.



<PAGE>   19




6.2 SUCCESSION IN INTEREST OF BENEFICIARIES

The rights and benefits that a beneficiary becomes entitled to under the
contract are shared equally among all surviving direct beneficiaries, if any,
otherwise equally among all surviving contingent beneficiaries, if any,
otherwise to the Owner or the Owner's Estate.

6.3 TRUSTEE AS BENEFICIARY

If a trustee is named as a beneficiary and no qualified trustee makes claim to
the proceeds, or to the present value of any unpaid payments under a payment
plan, within one year after payment becomes due to the trustee, or if
satisfactory evidence is furnished to the Company within that year showing that
no trustee can qualify to receive payment, payment will be made as though the
trustee had not been named.

The Company will be fully discharged of liability for any action taken by the
trustee and for all amounts paid to, or at the direction of, the trustee and
will have no obligation as to the use of the amounts. In all dealings with the
trustee the Company will be fully protected against the claims of every other
person. The Company will not be charged with notice of a change of trustee
unless written evidence of the change is received at the Home Office.

6.4 GENERAL

TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP. A transfer of ownership of itself will not change the
interest of a beneficiary.

CLAIMS OF CREDITORS. So far as allowed by law, no amount payable under this
contract will be subject to the claims of creditors of a beneficiary.

6.5 NAMING AND CHANGING A CONTINGENT ANNUITANT

The Owner may name and change a Contingent Annuitant while the Annuitant is
living.

If the Annuitant was not the Owner immediately prior to the Annuitant's death,
the Owner may name and change a Contingent Annuitant during the first 60 days
after the date on which proof of death of the Annuitant is received at the Home
Office. A change made during this 60 days cannot be revoked. If no one is named
as Contingent Annuitant by the end of the 60 day time period, the Company will
pay the Accumulation Value to the Owner. The cash value of any amount
distributed will be the Accumulation Value withdrawn as of the date of
withdrawal as determined in Section 4.6.

A naming or changing of a Contingent Annuitant will be effective on receipt at
the Home Office of a written request that is acceptable to the Company.

                     SECTION 7. CHARGES, FEES AND CONVERSION

7.1 PREMIUM TAXES

The Company may deduct Premium Taxes incurred from Purchase Payments received.


<PAGE>   20

7.2 CONTRACT FEE

On each contract anniversary prior to the Maturity Date, a Contract Fee will be
charged for administrative expenses. The amount of the Contract Fee is shown on
page 4. The Contract Fee will be deducted from the Investment Accounts in
proportion to the Accumulation Value of the Investment Accounts.

The Contract Fee deducted from the Guaranteed Interest Fund will not exceed the
sum of:

    o   10% of the gross purchase payments applied to the Guaranteed Interest
        Fund during the contract year; and
    o   interest in excess of an annual effective interest rate of 3% credited
        to the Guaranteed Interest Fund during the contract year.

The effective date of the Contract Fee will be the contract anniversary.
However, if the New York Stock Exchange is closed on the contract anniversary,
the effective date will be the next following Valuation Date.

7.3 CONVERSION OF INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS

On a policy anniversary some Class B Accumulation Units may convert to Class A
Accumulation Units and a portion of the Class B Guaranteed Interest Fund may
convert to the Class A Guaranteed Interest Fund. The amounts that will be
converted are dependent on the conversion of Net Purchase Payments.

On a policy anniversary, a Net Purchase Payment converts if:

o   the total Accumulation Value of the contract exceeds $25,000,
o   the Net Purchase Payment has not previously converted; and
o   the Net Purchase Payment is in the zero Withdrawal Charge category.

If a Net Purchase Payment converts, a conversion percentage is calculated. The
conversion percentage equals the greater of:

o   the Net Purchase Payments converting divided by all Net Purchase Payments
    not already converted; and
o   the Net Purchase Payments converting divided by the value of all Class B
    Accumulation Units and the Class B Guaranteed Interest Fund, but in no event
    more than 100%.

A percentage of Class B Accumulation Units in each Division(s), equal to the
conversion percentage, will convert to Class A Accumulation Units in the same
Division(s). The number of Accumulation Units will be adjusted to reflect the
respective value of the Accumulation Units on the date of the conversion.

A percentage of the Class B Guaranteed Interest Fund, equal to the conversion
percentage, will convert to the Class A Guaranteed Interest Fund beginning with
the amounts closest to expiration of an interest rate declaration period. For
the remainder of the declared interest rate period, such amounts will be
credited with interest at the rates applicable to amounts in the Class A
Guaranteed Interest Fund as of the date the interest rate was declared.


<PAGE>   21




7.4 WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

CONDITIONS. Maturity benefits and withdrawals are subject to a Withdrawal Charge
described on page 4. There is no Withdrawal Charge on benefits that are paid
under a variable Installment Income or variable Life Income Payment Plan.
However, the withdrawal of the present value of any unpaid installments under a
variable Installment Income Plan (Option B) will be subject to a withdrawal
charge if the withdrawal is made less than five years after the date that the
payment plan takes effect.

CALCULATIONS. The amount of the Withdrawal Charge on the contract is equal to
the sum of the Withdrawal Charges on all Net Purchase Payments. The Withdrawal
Charge on a Net Purchase Payment is equal to the Withdrawal Charge percentage on
the date the Withdrawal Charge is determined, multiplied by the amount of the
Net Purchase Payment. The Withdrawal Charge percentages are shown on page 4. The
excess of the Accumulation Value of the contract over the total of Net Purchase
Payments paid is not subject to a Withdrawal Charge.

Withdrawal Charges are determined:

    o   for maturity benefits, as of the Maturity Date.
    o   for withdrawals under Section 4.5, as of the effective date of the
        withdrawal.
    o   for withdrawals from payment plans, as of the effective date of the
        withdrawal.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE FREE AMOUNT. If the Accumulation Value of the contract is at
least $10,000 on the most recent contract anniversary preceding a withdrawal
under Section 4.5, then the amount withdrawn will be taken first from the
withdrawal charge free amount. For each Contract Year, the amount eligible for
the Withdrawal Charge Free Amount is 10% of the Class B Accumulation Value of
the contract on the most recent contract anniversary preceding the withdrawal.

ORDER OF WITHDRAWAL. A withdrawal will be taken from the contract in the
following order:

    o   first, from the Withdrawal Charge Free Amount, if any;
    o   next, from the Class A Accumulation Value of the contract;
    o   next, from the Net Purchase Payments which have not been converted under
        Section 7.3, in the order that produces the lowest Withdrawal Charge;
        and
    o   last, from any remaining Accumulation Value of the contract.

                              SECTION 8. OWNERSHIP

8.1 THE OWNER

The Owner is named on page 3. All contract rights may be exercised by the Owner,
the Owner's successor, or the Owner's transferee without the consent of any
beneficiary.

If the contract has more than one Owner, contract rights may be exercised only
by authorization of all Owners. Upon the death of an Owner, ownership rights of
all Owners terminate if the deceased Owner was the Annuitant.


<PAGE>   22




8.2 TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP

The Owner may transfer the ownership of this contract. Written proof of transfer
satisfactory to the Company must be received at its Home Office. The transfer
will then take effect as of the date it was signed. The Company may require that
the contract be sent to it for endorsement to show the transfer. The Company
will not be responsible to a transferee Owner for any payment or other action
taken by the Company before receipt of the proof of transfer at its Home Office.

8.3 NAMING AND CHANGING A SUCCESSOR OWNER

An Owner may name and change a Successor Owner. Naming or changing a Successor
Owner will be effective on receipt at the Home Office of a written request for
such change that is acceptable to the Company. A Successor Owner succeeds to the
interests of an Owner only if the Owner was not the Annuitant at the time of the
Owner's death.

8.4 COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT

The Owner may assign this contract as collateral security. The Company is not
responsible for the validity or effect of a collateral assignment. The Company
will not be responsible to an assignee for any payment or other action taken by
the Company before receipt of the assignment in writing at its Home Office.

The interest of any beneficiary will be subject to any collateral assignment
made either before or after the beneficiary is named.

A collateral assignee is not an Owner. A collateral assignment is not a transfer
of ownership. Ownership can be transferred only by complying with Section 8.2.

8.5 REPORTS TO OWNERS

At least once each Contract Year, the Company will send to the Owner or
beneficiary a statement of the Accumulation Values of the Investment Accounts,
the number of units credited to the contract, the dollar value of a unit as of a
date not more than two months previous to the date of mailing, and a statement
of the investments held by the Separate Account.

8.6 TRANSFERABILITY RESTRICTIONS

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this contract, the Owner may not:

o   change the ownership of the contract; or
o   sell the contract, or assign or pledge the contract as collateral for a loan
    or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other
    purpose, to any person other than the Company.


<PAGE>   23




These restrictions will not apply if the Owner is:

o   the trustee of an employee trust that is qualified under the Internal
    Revenue Code; or
o   the custodian of a custodial account treated as an employee trust that is
    qualified under the Internal Revenue Code.

The restrictions do not preclude the employer under a nontrusteed plan from
transferring ownership of this contract to the Annuitant or to the employer or
trustee under another plan or trust when required by the plan.

                             SECTION 9. THE CONTRACT

9.1 GUARANTEES

The Company guarantees that mortality and expense results will not adversely
affect the amount of variable payments.

9.2 VALUATION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT ASSETS

The value of the shares of each Portfolio held in the Separate Account on each
Valuation Date will be the redemption value of the shares on that date. If the
right to redeem shares of a Portfolio has been suspended, or payment of the
redemption value has been postponed, the shares held in the Separate Account
(and Annuity Units) may be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by
the Board of Trustees of the Company for the sole purpose of computing annuity
payments.

9.3 DETERMINATION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT VALUES

The method of determination by the Company of the Net Investment Factor, and the
number and value of Accumulation Units and Annuity Units, will be conclusive
upon the Owner, any assignee, the Annuitant, and any beneficiary.

9.4 DEFERMENT OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS

SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS. The Company reserves the right to defer
determination of the contract values of the Separate Account portion of this
contract, or the payment of benefits under a variable payment plan, until after
the end of any period during which the right to redeem shares of a Portfolio is
suspended, or payment of the redemption value is postponed. Any deferment would
be in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 by
reason of closing of, or restriction of trading on, the New York Stock Exchange,
or other emergency, or as otherwise permitted by the Act. In addition, the
Company reserves the right to defer payment of contract values until seven days
after the end of any deferment in the determination of contract values.

GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND. The Company may defer paying contract values of the
Guaranteed Interest Fund for up to six months from the effective date of the
withdrawal or full surrender. If payment is deferred for 30 days or more,
interest will be paid on the withdrawal amounts at an annual effective rate of
3% from the effective date of the withdrawal or surrender to the date of the
payment.


<PAGE>   24

9.5 DIVIDENDS

This contract will share in the divisible surplus of the Company, except while
payments are being made under a variable payment plan. This surplus will be
determined each year, and the dividend, if any, will be credited on the contract
anniversary. Any dividend credited prior to the Maturity Date will be applied on
the effective date as a Net Purchase Payment unless the Owner elects to have the
dividend paid in cash. The effective date of the dividend will be the contract
anniversary. However, if the New York Stock Exchange is closed on the contract
anniversary, the effective date will be the next following Valuation Date.

Since this policy is not expected to contribute to divisible surplus, it is not
expected that any dividends will be paid.

9.6 INCONTESTABILITY

The Company will not contest this contract after it has been in force during the
lifetime of the Annuitant for two years from the Issue Date. This Issue Date is
shown on page 3.

9.7 MISSTATEMENTS

If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated, the amount payable will
be the amount which the Purchase Payments paid would have purchased at the
correct age and sex. If any amounts have been overpaid by the Company due to a
misstatement of age or sex, the amount of the overpayment may be deducted from
payments to be made by the Company. If any amounts have been underpaid by the
Company due to a misstatement of age or sex, the amount of the underpayment will
be paid.

9.8 ENTIRE CONTRACT; CHANGES

This contract with any amendments and additional benefits and the attached
application is the entire contract. Statements in the application are
representations and not warranties. A change in the contract is valid only if it
is approved by an officer of the Company. The Company may require that the
contract be sent to it for endorsement to show a change. No agent has the
authority to change the contract or to waive any of its terms.

All payments by the Company under this contract are payable at its Home Office.

Assets of the Separate Account are owned by the Company and the Company is not a
trustee with respect thereto. The company may from time to time adjust the
amount of assets contained in the Separate Account, by periodic withdrawals or
additions, to reflect the contract deductions and the Company's reserves for
this and other similar contracts.

This contract is subject to the laws of the state in which it is delivered. All
benefits are at least as great as those required by that state.


<PAGE>   25




9.9 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT

The Company may terminate the contract and pay the Owner the Accumulation Value
of the contract and be released of any further obligation if:

     o   prior to the Maturity Date no Purchase Payments have been received
         under the contract for a period of two full years and each of the
         following is less than the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page 4:
              a.  the Accumulation Value of the contract; and
              b.  total Purchase Payments paid under the contract, less any
                  amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5; or

     o   on the Maturity Date the Accumulation Value of the contract is less
         than the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page 4 or would provide an
         initial monthly income which is less than the minimum payment amount
         shown on page 4.

                    SECTION 10. PAYMENT OF CONTRACT BENEFITS

10.1 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

All or part of the contract benefits may be paid under one or more of the
following:

    o   a variable payment plan;
    o   a fixed payment plan; or
    o   in cash.

The provisions and rates for variable and fixed payment plans are described in
Section 11. Contract benefits may not be placed under a payment plan unless the
plan would provide to each beneficiary an initial monthly income of at least the
minimum payment amount shown on page 4. A Withdrawal Charge will be deducted
from contract benefits before their payment under certain conditions described
in Section 7.4.

10.2 DEATH BENEFIT

A beneficiary entitled to the Death Benefit upon the death of an Annuitant may
elect to receive the Accumulation Value under a payment plan or in cash provided
no payment plan was elected by the Owner. The cash value of any amount
distributed will be the Accumulation Value withdrawn as of the date of
withdrawal as determined in Section 4.6.


<PAGE>   26




10.3 EFFECTIVE DATE FOR PAYMENT PLAN

A payment plan that is elected for maturity benefits will take effect on the
Maturity Date.

If the Annuitant is an Owner, a payment plan that is elected by the Owner for
the Death Benefit will take effect on the date proof of death of the Annuitant
is received at the Home Office.

In all other cases, a payment plan that is elected will take effect:

    o   on the date the election is received at the Home Office; or
    o   on a later date, if requested.

10.4 PAYMENT PLAN ELECTIONS

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY OWNER. The Owner may elect payment plans for death
benefits while the Annuitant is living.

FOR MATURITY BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS. The Owner may elect payment plans
for maturity benefits or withdrawal amounts.

TRANSFER BETWEEN PAYMENT PLANS. A beneficiary who is receiving payment under a
payment plan which includes the right to withdraw may transfer the amount
withdrawable to any other payment plan that is available.

                            SECTION 11. PAYMENT PLANS

11.1 DESCRIPTION OF PAYMENT PLANS

INSTALLMENT INCOME FOR SPECIFIED PERIOD (OPTION B)

The Company will make monthly installment income payments providing for payment
of benefits over a specified period of 10 to 30 years during the first five
contract years and over a specified period of 5 to 30 years beginning with the
sixth contract year.


<PAGE>   27




LIFE INCOME PLANS

    o   SINGLE LIFE INCOME (OPTION C). The Company will make monthly payments
        for the selected certain period, if any, and thereafter during the
        remaining lifetime of the individual upon whose life income payments
        depend. The selections available are: (a) no certain period; or (b) a
        certain period of 10 or 20 years.
    o   JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE INCOME (OPTION E). The Company will make monthly
        payments for a 10-year certain period and thereafter during the joint
        lifetime of the two individuals upon whose lives income payments depend
        and continuing during the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    o   OTHER SELECTIONS. The Company may offer other selections under the Life
        Income Plans.
    o   LIMITATIONS. A direct or contingent beneficiary who is a natural person
        may be paid under a Life Income Plan only if the payments depend on that
        beneficiary's life. A corporation may be paid under a Life Income Plan
        only if the payments depend on the life of the Annuitant or, after the
        death of the Annuitant, on the life of the Annuitant's spouse or
        dependent.

These payment plans are available on either a fixed or variable basis. Under a
fixed payment plan the payment remains level. Under a variable payment plan the
payment will increase or decrease as described in Section 11.4.

11.2 ALLOCATION OF BENEFITS

Upon election of a variable payment plan, the Owner or direct or contingent
beneficiary may select the allocation of variable benefits among the Divisions.

If no selection is made, the allocation of benefits will be as follows:

    o   for amounts in the Separate Account Divisions, benefits will be
        allocated in proportion to the Accumulation Value of each Division on
        the effective date of the variable payment plan; and
    o   for amounts in the Guaranteed Interest Fund, benefits will be allocated
        100% to the Money Market Division.

11.3 ANNUITY UNITS UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

The interest of this contract in the Separate Account after the effective date
of a variable payment plan is represented by Annuity Units. There may be Class A
Annuity Units and Class B Annuity Units. The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
used to calculate the Net Investment Factor for each class is shown on page 4.

The dollar value of Annuity Units for each Division will increase or decrease to
reflect the investment experience of the Division. The value of an Annuity Unit
on any Valuation Date is the product of:

    o   the Annuity Unit value on the immediately preceding Valuation Date;
    o   the Net Investment Factor for the period from the immediately preceding
        Valuation Date up to and including the current Valuation Date (the
        current period); and
    o   the Daily Adjustment Factor of .99990575 raised to a power equal to the
        number of days in the current period to reflect the Assumed Investment
        Rate of 3 1/2% used in calculating the monthly payment rate.

11.4 PAYMENTS UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

FIRST PAYMENT. The first payment under a variable payment plan will be due as of
the effective date of the payment plan.


<PAGE>   28

The amount of the first payment is the sum of payments from each Division, each
determined by multiplying the benefits allocated to the Division under the
variable payment plan by the applicable monthly variable payment rate per $1,000
of benefits.

NUMBER OF ANNUITY UNITS. The number of Annuity Units in each Division under a
variable payment plan is determined by dividing the amount of the first payment
payable from the Division by the Annuity Unit value for the Division at the
close of business on the effective date of the variable payment plan. Class A
Accumulation Value purchases Class A Annuity Units and Class B Accumulation
Value purchases Class B Annuity Units. The number of Annuity Units will not be
changed by any subsequent change in the dollar value of Annuity Units.

SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE PAYMENTS. The amount of each subsequent payment from each
Division under a variable payment plan will increase or decrease in accord with
the increase or decrease in the value of an Annuity Unit which reflects the
investment experience of that Division of the Separate Account.

The amount of subsequent variable payments is the sum of payments from each
Division, each determined by multiplying the fixed number of Annuity Units for
the Division by the value of an Annuity Unit for the Division on:

    o   the fifth Valuation Date prior to the payment due date if the payment
        due date is a Valuation Date; or
    o   the sixth Valuation Date prior to the payment due date if the payment
        due date is not a Valuation Date.

11.5 TRANSFERS INVOLVING VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

A beneficiary receiving payments under a variable payment plan may transfer
Annuity Units from one Division to another. Any transfers of Class A Annuity
Units purchase Class A Annuity Units. Any transfers of Class B Annuity Units
purchase Class B Annuity Units. The number of Annuity Units in each Division
will be adjusted to reflect the respective value of the Annuity Units in the
Divisions on the date the transfer is effective.

A Transfer Fee may be deducted from the amount transferred. The amount of the
Transfer Fee is shown on page 4. Transfers from the Money Market Division may be
made at any time. No transfer from the other Divisions may be made within 90
days of the effective date of a variable payment plan or within 90 days from the
effective date of the last transfer.

A beneficiary receiving payments under a variable payment plan may transfer from
an Installment Income Plan (Option B) to either form of the Life Income Plan
(Option C or E). Other transfers may be permitted subject to conditions set by
the Company.


<PAGE>   29




A transfer will be effective on the Valuation Date on which a satisfactory
transfer request is received in the Home Office, or a later date if requested.
However, the transfer will be effective on the following Valuation Date if the
request is received at the Home Office either:

    o   on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
        Exchange; or
    o   on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

11.6 WITHDRAWAL UNDER PAYMENT PLANS

Withdrawal of the present value of any unpaid income payments may be elected at
any time by the beneficiary, except that withdrawal may not be elected under a
Life Income Plan (Option C or E) until the death of all individuals upon whose
lives income payments depend.

The withdrawal value under the Installment Income Plan (Option B) will be the
present value of any unpaid payments, less any applicable Withdrawal Charge
under Section 7.4. The withdrawal value under a Life Income Plan (Option C or E)
will be the present value of any unpaid payments for the certain period with no
Withdrawal Charge.

For a fixed payment plan, the present value of any unpaid income payments will
be based on the rate of interest used to determine the amount of the payments.
For a variable payment plan, the present value of any unpaid income payments
will be based on interest at the Assumed Investment Rate used in calculating the
amount of the variable payments. The amount of variable payments used in
calculating the present value of unpaid payments will be determined by
multiplying the number of Annuity Units by the value of an Annuity Unit on the
effective date of withdrawal.

A withdrawal will be effective on the Valuation Date on which the request is
received in the Home Office. However, the withdrawal will be effective on the
following Valuation Date if the request is received at the Home Office either:

    o   on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
        Exchange; or
    o   on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

11.7  NAMING AND CHANGING OF BENEFICIARIES UNDER PAYMENT PLANS

FOR PAYMENT PLANS ELECTED BY OWNER. If the Owner of the contract elected a
payment plan, a direct beneficiary may name and change the contingent
beneficiaries and further payees of the direct beneficiary's share of the
benefits only if:

    o   the direct beneficiary was the Owner of the contract; or
    o   no contingent beneficiary or further payee of that share is living.

FOR PAYMENT PLANS ELECTED BY DIRECT BENEFICIARY. If the direct beneficiary
elected the payment plan, the direct beneficiary may name and change the
contingent beneficiaries and further payees of the direct beneficiary's share of
the benefits.


<PAGE>   30




11.8  SUCCESSION IN INTEREST OF BENEFICIARIES UNDER PAYMENT PLANS

DIRECT BENEFICIARY. Amounts payable under a payment plan will be payable to the
direct beneficiary.

CONTINGENT BENEFICIARIES. At the death of the direct beneficiary, the present
value of any unpaid payments under a payment plan, will be payable in equal
shares to the contingent beneficiaries who survive and receive payment. If a
contingent beneficiary dies before receiving all or part of the contingent
beneficiary's full share, the unpaid portion will be payable in equal shares to
the other contingent beneficiaries who survive and receive payment.

FURTHER PAYEES. At the death of all direct and contingent beneficiaries, the
present value of any unpaid payments under a payment plan, will be paid in one
sum:

o   In equal shares to the further payees who survive and receive payment; or
o   If no further payees survive and receive payment, to the estate of the last
    to die of all beneficiaries.

11.9 PAYMENT PLAN RATES

PAYMENT RATE TABLES. The guaranteed monthly payment rates for both a fixed
payment plan and the first payment under a variable payment plan are shown in
the Payment Rate Tables. The tables show rates for the Installment Income Plan
for a Specified Period (Option B) and Life Income Plans (Options C and E). Life
Income Plan (Option C or E) rates are based on the sex and adjusted age of any
individual upon whose life payments depend. The adjusted age is:

    o   the age on the birthday that is nearest to the date on which the payment
        plan takes effect; plus
    o   the age adjustment shown below for the number of Contract Years that
        have elapsed from the Issue Date to the date that the payment plan takes
        effect. A part of a Contract Year is counted as a full year.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    CONTRACT YEARS             AGE          CONTRACT YEARS
                        ELAPSED             ADJUSTMENT         ELAPSED                AGE ADJUSTMENT
<S>                 <C>                     <C>             <C>                       <C>
                        1 to  8                  0             33 to 40                      -4
                        9 to 16                 -1             41 to 48                      -5
                       17 to 24                 -2             49 or more                    -6
                       25 to 32                 -3
</TABLE>

CURRENT FIXED PAYMENT PLAN RATES

    o   INSTALLMENT INCOME FOR SPECIFIED PERIOD (OPTION B). The Company may
        offer fixed payment plan rates higher than those guaranteed in this
        contract with conditions on withdrawal.

    o   LIFE INCOME PLANS (OPTION C OR E). Payments will be based on rates
        declared by the Company that will not be less than the rates guaranteed
        in this contract. The declared rates will provide at least as much
        income as would the Company's rates, on the date that the payment plan
        takes effect, for a single premium immediate annuity contract.

ALTERNATE VARIABLE RATE BASIS. The Company may from time to time publish higher
initial rates for variable payment plans under this contract. These higher rates
will not be available to increase payments under payment plans already in
effect.


<PAGE>   31

When a variable payment plan is effective on an alternate rate basis, the Daily
Adjustment Factor described in Section 11.3 will be determined based on the
Assumed Investment Rate used in calculating the alternate payment rate.



<PAGE>   32



                               PAYMENT RATE TABLES
                   MONTHLY INCOME PAYMENTS PER $1,000 BENEFITS
                    FIRST PAYMENT UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLAN


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INSTALLMENT INCOME PLANS (OPTION B)
- ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
      PERIOD            MONTHLY            PERIOD           MONTHLY            PERIOD           MONTHLY
     (YEARS)            PAYMENT           (YEARS)           PAYMENT           (YEARS)           PAYMENT
- ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                 <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
    Years 1-4                                11             $ 9.09               21            $ 5.56
  Not Available                              12               8.46               22              5.39
                                             13               7.94               23              5.24
                                             14               7.49               24              5.09
        5                 18.12              15               7.10               25              4.96

        6                 15.35              16               6.76               26              4.84
        7                 13.38              17               6.47               27              4.73
        8                 11.90              18               6.20               28              4.63
        9                 10.75              19               5.97               29              4.53
        10                 9.83              20               5.75               30              4.45
- ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
</TABLE>

                         GUARANTEED FIXED PAYMENT PLANS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INSTALLMENT INCOME PLANS (OPTION B)
- ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
      PERIOD            MONTHLY            PERIOD           MONTHLY            PERIOD           MONTHLY
     (YEARS)            PAYMENT           (YEARS)           PAYMENT           (YEARS)           PAYMENT
- ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                 <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
    Years 1-4                                11             $ 8.42               21            $ 4.85
  Not Available                              12               7.80               22              4.67
                                             13               7.26               23              4.51
                                             14               6.81               24              4.36
        5                 17.49              15               6.42               25              4.22

        6                 14.72              16               6.07               26              4.10
        7                 12.74              17               5.77               27              3.98
        8                 11.25              18               5.50               28              3.87
        9                 10.10              19               5.26               29              3.77
        10                 9.18              20               5.04               30              3.68
- ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   33



                               PAYMENT RATE TABLES
                   MONTHLY INCOME PAYMENTS PER $1,000 BENEFITS
      GUARANTEED FIXED PAYMENT OR FIRST PAYMENT UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLAN

LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION C)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        SINGLE LIFE MONTHLY PAYMENTS
             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                      CHOSEN PERIOD (YEARS)
                  ADJUSTED        -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
                    AGE*                 ZERO                  10                  20
             -------------------- ------------------- -------------------- --------------------
<S>                               <C>                 <C>                  <C>
                     55                $ 4.11               $ 4.09              $ 4.01
                     56                  4.18                 4.15                4.07
                     57                  4.25                 4.22                4.13
                     58                  4.33                 4.29                4.18
                     59                  4.40                 4.36                4.24

                     60                  4.49                 4.45                4.30
                     61                  4.58                 4.53                4.37
                     62                  4.68                 4.61                4.43
                     63                  4.77                 4.71                4.50
                     64                  4.89                 4.81                4.57

                     65                  5.01                 4.92                4.64
                     66                  5.13                 5.03                4.72
                     67                  5.26                 5.15                4.78
                     68                  5.41                 5.27                4.85
                     69                  5.57                 5.40                4.93

                     70                  5.74                 5.55                5.00
                     71                  5.92                 5.69                5.07
                     72                  6.12                 5.84                5.13
                     73                  6.33                 6.00                5.20
                     74                  6.55                 6.17                5.26

                     75                  6.79                 6.35                5.32
                     76                  7.06                 6.53                5.37
                     77                  7.34                 6.72                5.41
                     78                  7.65                 6.90                5.46
                     79                  7.98                 7.10                5.50

                     80                  8.34                 7.30                5.53
                     81                  8.73                 7.49                5.56
                     82                  9.15                 7.68                5.59
                     83                  9.60                 7.88                5.61
                     84                 10.09                 8.07                5.62
                 85 and over            10.61                 8.24                5.63
             -------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
</TABLE>


LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION E)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    JOINT AND SURVIVOR MONTHLY PAYMENTS (with 10 years certain)
- ------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                    YOUNGER LIFE ADJUSTED AGE*
    OLDER LIFE     ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------------
   ADJUSTED AGE*       55            60           65           70            75           80        85 and over
- ------------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------------
<S>                <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
       55            $ 3.75
       60              3.83       $ 4.02
       65              3.90         4.13        $ 4.39
       70              3.94         4.22          4.54       $ 4.89
       75              3.98         4.28          4.65         5.10       $ 5.59
       80              4.00         4.32          4.73         5.24         5.86        $ 6.51
   85 and over         4.01         4.34          4.77         5.34         6.04          6.84       $ 7.58
- ------------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------------
</TABLE>

*See Section 11.7
The amount of the payment for any other combination of ages will be furnished by
the Company on request. The maximum initial monthly income per $1,000 will be
$7.75.
Monthly payment rates are based on an Assumed Investment Rate of 3 1/2% and the
1983 Table a with Projection Scale G.






<PAGE>   34



IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU...

read your contract.

notify your Northwestern Mutual agent or the Company at 720 East Wisconsin
Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202, of an address change.

call your Northwestern Mutual agent for information--particularly on a
suggestion to terminate or exchange this contract for another contract or plan.

ELECTION OF TRUSTEES

The members of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company are its
policyholders of insurance policies and deferred annuity contracts. The members
exercise control through a Board of Trustees. Elections to the Board are held
each year at the annual meeting of members. Members are entitled to vote in
person or by proxy.

                  FLEXIBLE PAYMENT VARIABLE ANNUITY - ACCOUNT A

AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS AND VARIABLE PAYMENTS
PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT BUT ARE
VARIABLE AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE TO REFLECT THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF
THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.





<PAGE>   35



                                 Exhibit B(4)(b)

                               PAYMENT RATE TABLES
                   MONTHLY INCOME PAYMENTS PER $1,000 BENEFITS
      GUARANTEED FIXED PAYMENT OR FIRST PAYMENT UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLAN

LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION C)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            SINGLE LIFE MONTHLY PAYMENTS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           CHOSEN PERIOD (YEARS)                                     CHOSEN PERIOD (YEARS)
 MALE ADJUSTED   -------------------------------------------    FEMALE     -------------------------------------------
    AGE*             ZERO            10            20        ADJUSTED AGE*     ZERO            10             20
- ---------------- -------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------
<S>              <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
      55            $ 4.41         $ 4.36        $ 4.23           55          $ 4.04         $ 4.02         $ 3.96
      56              4.49           4.44          4.29           56            4.10           4.08           4.01
      57              4.58           4.52          4.35           57            4.17           4.14           4.07
      58              4.67           4.60          4.41           58            4.24           4.21           4.12
      59              4.77           4.69          4.47           59            4.31           4.28           4.18

      60              4.87           4.79          4.54           60            4.39           4.36           4.24
      61              4.98           4.89          4.60           61            4.48           4.44           4.31
      62              5.10           4.99          4.67           62            4.57           4.52           4.37
      63              5.23           5.11          4.74           63            4.66           4.61           4.44
      64              5.36           5.22          4.81           64            4.77           4.71           4.51

      65              5.51           5.35          4.87           65            4.88           4.81           4.58
      66              5.67           5.47          4.94           66            5.00           4.92           4.66
      67              5.84           5.61          5.00           67            5.12           5.03           4.73
      68              6.02           5.75          5.07           68            5.26           5.15           4.80
      69              6.21           5.89          5.13           69            5.41           5.28           4.88

      70              6.41           6.05          5.19           70            5.57           5.42           4.95
      71              6.63           6.20          5.25           71            5.74           5.56           5.02
      72              6.86           6.36          5.30           72            5.93           5.71           5.09
      73              7.11           6.53          5.35           73            6.13           5.87           5.16
      74              7.37           6.70          5.39           74            6.34           6.04           5.23

      75              7.65           6.87          5.44           75            6.58           6.22           5.29
      76              7.96           7.05          5.47           76            6.83           6.40           5.34
      77              8.28           7.23          5.51           77            7.11           6.59           5.39
      78              8.63           7.40          5.54           78            7.40           6.78           5.44
      79              9.01           7.58          5.56           79            7.72           6.98           5.48

      80              9.41           7.76          5.59           80            8.07           7.18           5.52
      81              9.84           7.93          5.61           81            8.45           7.38           5.55
      82             10.30           8.10          5.62           82            8.86           7.58           5.58
      83             10.79           8.27          5.63           83            9.30           7.78           5.60
      84             11.31           8.42          5.64           84            9.78           7.98           5.62
  85 and over        11.87           8.57          5.65      85 and over       10.30           8.16           5.63
- ---------------- -------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------
</TABLE>


LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION E)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    JOINT AND SURVIVOR MONTHLY PAYMENTS (with 10 years certain)
- ------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                       FEMALE ADJUSTED AGE*
       MALE        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   ADJUSTED AGE*       55            60           65           70            75           80        85 and over
- ------------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------------
<S>                <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
       55            $ 3.75       $ 3.89        $ 4.02       $ 4.14       $ 4.23        $ 4.29        $4.33
       60              3.83         4.02          4.21         4.39         4.54          4.65         4.73
       65              3.90         4.13          4.39         4.65         4.89          5.09         5.22
       70              3.94         4.22          4.54         4.89         5.26          5.58         5.81
       75              3.98         4.28          4.65         5.10         5.59          6.07         6.45
       80              4.00         4.32          4.73         5.24         5.86          6.51         7.07
   85 and over         4.01         4.34          4.77         5.34         6.04          6.84         7.58
- ------------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------------
</TABLE>

*See Section 11.7
The amount of the payment for any other combination of ages will be furnished by
the Company on request. The maximum initial monthly income per $1,000 will be
$7.75.
Monthly payment rates are based on an Assumed Investment Rate of 3 1/2% and the
1983 Table a with Projection Scale G.


<PAGE>   36



                                 EXHIBIT B(4)(c)

                             ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT

AS OF THE ISSUE DATE, THIS AMENDMENT IS MADE PART OF THIS ANNUITY CONTRACT
ISSUED BY THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY. IN THE CASE OF A
CONFLICT WITH ANY PROVISIONS IN THE CONTRACT, THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AMENDMENT
WILL CONTROL.

SECTION 5.2 AND SECTION 5.3 ARE AMENDED IN THEIR ENTIRETY TO READ AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 5.2 DEATH BENEFIT IF PRIMARY ANNUITANT IS AN OWNER

IF THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT IS AN OWNER, THE BENEFICIARY BECOMES ENTITLED TO THE
DEATH BENEFIT UPON RECEIPT AT THE HOME OFFICE OF SATISFACTORY PROOF OF THE DEATH
OF THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT BEFORE THE MATURITY DATE. THE DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE THE
GREATER OF:

    o   THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE; OR

    o   THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT.

AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT WILL BE SET AT
AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DEATH BENEFIT. UNLESS A PAYMENT PLAN WAS ELECTED BY THE
OWNER, THE BENEFICIARY BECOMES THE OWNER AND ANNUITANT OF THE CONTRACT. HOWEVER,
IF THE BENEFICIARY IS NOT A NATURAL PERSON AND NO PAYMENT PLAN WAS ELECTED BY
THE OWNER, THE BENEFICIARY MAY SELECT A NATURAL PERSON TO BE THE ANNUITANT. IF A
NATURAL PERSON IS NOT SELECTED TO BE THE ANNUITANT WITHIN 60 DAYS OF THE DATE ON
WHICH PROOF OF DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT IS RECEIVED AT THE HOME OFFICE, THE
ACCUMULATION VALUE WILL BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE BENEFICIARY.

IF A BENEFICIARY BECOMES ENTITLED TO THE DEATH BENEFIT IN AN AMOUNT LESS THAN
THE MINIMUM ACCUMULATION VALUE SHOWN ON PAGE 4, THE ACCUMULATION VALUE WILL BE
DISTRIBUTED TO THE BENEFICIARY.

THE CASH VALUE OF ANY AMOUNT DISTRIBUTED WILL BE THE ACCUMULATION VALUE
WITHDRAWN AS OF THE DATE OF WITHDRAWAL AS DETERMINED IN SECTION 4.6.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT. PRIOR TO THE FIRST CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, THE ENHANCED
DEATH BENEFIT WILL EQUAL THE TOTAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS PAID UNDER THE CONTRACT
LESS ANY AMOUNTS WITHDRAWN UNDER SECTION 4.5.

ON THE FIRST CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY AND ON EACH SUBSEQUENT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY
PRIOR TO THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT'S 80TH BIRTHDAY, THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT WILL
EQUAL THE GREATER OF:

    o   THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT ON THAT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY; OR
    o   THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT ON THE MOST RECENT VALUATION DATE PRIOR TO
        THAT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY.

         On any other Valuation Date prior to the Primary Annuitant's 80th
         birthday, the Enhanced Death Benefit will be equal to the Enhanced
         Death Benefit on the most recent contract anniversary, increased by any
         Purchase Payments paid since that contract anniversary and decreased by
         any amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5 since that contract
         anniversary.


<PAGE>   37

         On any Valuation Date on or after the Primary Annuitant's 80th
         birthday, the Enhanced Death Benefit will equal the Enhanced Death
         Benefit on the contract anniversary immediately prior to the Primary
         Annuitant's 80th birthday increased by any Purchase Payments paid since
         that contract anniversary and decreased by any amounts withdrawn under
         Section 4.5 since that contract anniversary.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT CHARGE. ON EACH CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY WHILE THIS AMENDMENT
IS IN EFFECT, A CHARGE FOR THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE DEDUCTED FROM THE
INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS IN PROPORTION TO THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE INVESTMENT
ACCOUNTS. THE CHARGE IS SHOWN ON PAGE 4.

EFFECTIVE DATE. THE EFFECTIVE DATE IS THE DATE ON WHICH PROOF OF DEATH IS
RECEIVED AT THE HOME OFFICE. HOWEVER, THE EFFECTIVE DATE WILL BE THE NEXT
FOLLOWING VALUATION DATE IF THE PROOF OF DEATH IS RECEIVED AT THE HOME OFFICE
EITHER:

    o   ON A VALUATION DATE AFTER THE CLOSE OF TRADING ON THE NEW YORK STOCK
        EXCHANGE; OR
    o   ON A DAY ON WHICH THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE IS CLOSED.

TERMINATION OF ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT. THIS AMENDMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT
UNTIL MATURITY UNLESS THE OWNER REQUESTS THAT IT BE REMOVED, THE CONTRACT
TERMINATES, OR THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT DIES. ONCE THE AMENDMENT IS REMOVED, IT
CANNOT BE ADDED AGAIN. THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5.2 IN THE CONTRACT ARE
APPLICABLE IF THIS AMENDMENT TERMINATES.

SECTION 5.3 DEATH BENEFIT IF PRIMARY ANNUITANT IS NOT AN OWNER

IF THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT IS NOT AN OWNER, UPON THE DEATH OF THE PRIMARY
ANNUITANT, THE CONTRACT CONTINUES WITH THE CONTINGENT ANNUITANT (SECTION 6.5) AS
THE NEW ANNUITANT. THE DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE THE GREATER OF:

    o   THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE; OR
    o   THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT.

AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT WILL BE SET AT
AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DEATH BENEFIT.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT. PRIOR TO THE FIRST CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, THE ENHANCED
DEATH BENEFIT WILL EQUAL THE TOTAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS PAID UNDER THE CONTRACT
LESS ANY AMOUNTS WITHDRAWN UNDER SECTION 4.5.

ON THE FIRST CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY AND ON EACH SUBSEQUENT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY
PRIOR TO THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT'S 80TH BIRTHDAY, THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT WILL
EQUAL THE GREATER OF:

    o   THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE CONTRACT ON THAT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY; OR
    o   THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT ON THE MOST RECENT VALUATION DATE PRIOR TO
        THAT CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY.

        On any other Valuation Date prior to the Primary Annuitant's 80th
        birthday, the Enhanced Death Benefit will be equal to the Enhanced Death
        Benefit on the most recent contract anniversary, increased by any
        Purchase Payments paid since that contract anniversary and


<PAGE>   38

        decreased by any amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5 since that contract
        anniversary.

        On any Valuation Date on or after the Primary Annuitant's 80th birthday,
        the Enhanced Death Benefit will equal the Enhanced Death Benefit on the
        contract anniversary immediately prior to the Primary Annuitant's 80th
        birthday increased by any Purchase Payments paid since that contract
        anniversary and decreased by any amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5
        since that contract anniversary.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT CHARGE. ON EACH CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY WHILE THIS AMENDMENT
IS IN EFFECT, A CHARGE FOR THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE DEDUCTED FROM THE
INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS IN PROPORTION TO THE ACCUMULATION VALUE OF THE INVESTMENT
ACCOUNTS. THE CHARGE IS SHOWN ON PAGE 4.

EFFECTIVE DATE. THE EFFECTIVE DATE IS THE DATE ON WHICH PROOF OF DEATH IS
RECEIVED AT THE HOME OFFICE. HOWEVER, THE EFFECTIVE DATE WILL BE THE NEXT
FOLLOWING VALUATION DATE IF THE PROOF OF DEATH IS RECEIVED AT THE HOME OFFICE
EITHER:

    o   ON A VALUATION DATE AFTER THE CLOSE OF TRADING ON THE NEW YORK STOCK
        EXCHANGE; OR
    o   ON A DAY ON WHICH THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE IS CLOSED.

TERMINATION OF ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT. THIS AMENDMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT
UNTIL MATURITY UNLESS THE OWNER REQUESTS THAT IT BE REMOVED, THE CONTRACT
TERMINATES, OR THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT DIES. ONCE THE AMENDMENT IS REMOVED IT
CANNOT BE ADDED AGAIN. THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5.3 IN THE CONTRACT ARE
APPLICABLE IF THIS AMENDMENT TERMINATES.

                                                   (SIGNED)

                                                   SECRETARY
                                         THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
                                               INSURANCE COMPANY






<PAGE>   39




                                 Exhibit B(4)(d)


                           WAIVER OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

     AS OF THE ISSUE DATE, THIS AMENDMENT IS MADE PART OF THIS ANNUITY CONTRACT
ISSUED BY THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY. IN THE CASE OF A
CONFLICT WITH ANY PROVISIONS IN THE CONTRACT, THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AMENDMENT
WILL CONTROL. THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS ARE HEREBY ADDED TO THE CONTRACT:

1.   TERMINAL ILLNESS BENEFIT

     WITHDRAWAL CHARGES WILL BE WAIVED IF THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT HAS A TERMINAL
ILLNESS.

     A TERMINAL ILLNESS IS AN ILLNESS THAT IS EXPECTED TO RESULT IN THE DEATH OF
     THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT IN 12 MONTHS OR LESS. AN OWNER REQUESTING WAIVER OF
     WITHDRAWAL CHARGES IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE PROOF, SATISFACTORY TO THE
     COMPANY, OF THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT'S TERMINAL ILLNESS. THE PROOF MUST
     INCLUDE A CERTIFICATION FROM A LICENSED PHYSICIAN STATING THAT THE PRIMARY
     ANNUITANT'S LIFE EXPECTANCY IS 12 MONTHS OR LESS. NO WITHDRAWAL CHARGES
     WILL BE WAIVED IF THE DETERMINATION THAT THE PRIMARY ANNUITANT'S LIFE
     EXPECTANCY IS 12 MONTHS OR LESS WAS FIRST MADE PRIOR TO THE ISSUE DATE.

         No Purchase Payments can be made to the contract once proof of terminal
         illness is provided to the Company.

          2.   NURSING HOME BENEFIT

     Withdrawal charges will be waived after the first Contract Year if:

     o    the Primary Annuitant is confined, on a 24 hour per day basis, to a
          Nursing Home or Hospital for a period of at least 90 consecutive days;
          and

     o    such confinement is medically necessary.

     A Nursing Home is a facility that is licensed by the jurisdiction in which
     it is located to provide nursing care (skilled, intermediate or custodial).
     A Hospital is a facility that is licensed as a hospital by the jurisdiction
     in which it is located, and operates primarily for the diagnosis and
     treatment of and medical or surgical care of sick or injured persons.



<PAGE>   40




     An Owner requesting waiver of withdrawal charges is required to provide
     proof, satisfactory to the Company, of the Primary Annuitant's confinement.
     The proof must include a certification from a licensed physician that the
     confinement is medically necessary. No withdrawal charges will be waived if
     the confinement began before the Issue Date. A request for waiver of
     withdrawal charges must be made no later than 90 days following the date
     the Primary Annuitant's confinement ended.

     No Purchase Payments can be made to the contract once proof of confinement
is provided to the Company.




                                                        (signed)

                                                        Secretary
                                              The Northwestern Mutual Life
                                                    Insurance Company




<PAGE>   41
                                  EXHIBIT B(5)


A                       APPLICATION FOR DEFERRED ANNUITY
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               720 E. Wisconsin Avenue Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202



                                                                 Contract Number
                                                                |
                                                                |
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1.  OTHER POLICIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Has a Northwestern Mutual Policy ever been issued on the annuitant's life?
     [ ] YES, THE LAST POLICY NUMBER IS: __________________ [  ] NO


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.   ANNUITANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Name:  First, MI, Last                      Sex     Birthdate: mm-dd-yyyy
     |                                            |       |
     |____________________________________________|_______|_____________________

       Street Address                              City, State, Zip
     |                                            |
     |____________________________________________|_____________________________

       Country, if other than US        Taxpayer ID Number    E-mail Address
     |                                 |                    |
     |_________________________________|____________________|___________________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 3.  MARKET
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Select one:
<TABLE>
<S><C>
    [ ] NON-TAX QUALIFIED                             } Owner must be indicated.
    [ ] 457 DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN                } Go to section 4.


    [ ] TRADITIONAL IRA
    [ ] ROTH IRA                                      } If the annuitant is a minor, go to section 4;
    [ ] SIMPLE IRA                                    } otherwise the annuitant is the
    [ ] SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION PLAN IRA (SEP)    } owner, go to section 5.


    [ ] 403(b) TDA - EMPLOYEE SALARY REDUCTION ONLY
    [ ] 403(b) TDA - EMPLOYER MATCHING OR NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS INCLUDED   } The annuitant is the owner.
    [ ] 401(g) NON-TRANSFERABLE ANNUITY                                         } Go to section 5.


    [ ] PENSION & PROFIT SHARING:

        Trust Number     Taxpayer ID Number
       |                |
       |________________|________________________________   } The owner and beneficiary
                                                            } are the trustees of the plan.
        Name of Owner - Trustees of                         } Go to section 6.
       |                |
       |________________|________________________________

</TABLE>

<PAGE>   42

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.   OWNER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     A minor owner limits future contract actions.
     Select one:
<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>                                        <C>
     [ ] ANNUITANT        } Go to section 5.
     [ ] SEE ATTACHMENT

     [ ] UGMA/UTMA - custodian is owner for the benefit of minor
     [ ] CORPORATION OR TRUST                                        } Enter information below.
     [ ] OTHER
</TABLE>

      Name:  First, MI, Last/Corporation/Trust     Sex    Birthdate: mm-dd-yyyy
     |                                            |      |
     |____________________________________________|______|_____________________


      Street Address                               City, State, Zip
     |                                            |
     |____________________________________________|____________________________

      Relationship to Annuitant    Taxpayer ID Number       E-mail Address
     |                            |                      |
     |____________________________|______________________|_____________________

      Date of Trust      Name of Trustees
     |                  |
     |__________________|______________________________________________________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.   BENEFICIARY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Cannot be annuitant unless "Estate of Annuitant" named.

     [ ] SEE ATTACHMENT - Go to section 6.

     DIRECT BENEFICIARY:      [ ] OWNER     [ ] OTHER - Enter information below:

      Name             Taxpayer ID Number (Optional)   Relationship      %
     |                |                               |                 |
     |________________|_______________________________|_________________|______



      Name             Taxpayer ID Number (Optional)   Relationship      %
     |                |                               |                 |
     |________________|_______________________________|_________________|______


     CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY:

      Name             Taxpayer ID Number (Optional)   Relationship      %
     |                |                               |                 |
     |________________|_______________________________|_________________|______

      Name             Taxpayer ID Number (Optional)   Relationship      %
     |                |                               |                 |
     |________________|_______________________________|_________________|______

     [ ] And all (other) children of the Annuitant.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.   REPLACEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As a result of this purchase, will the values or benefits of any other life
     insurance policy or annuity contract, on any life, be affected in any way?
     [ ] YES  [ ] NO

     Note to Agent: Values or benefits are affected if any question on the
     Definition of Replacement Supplement could be answered "yes."

     Will this annuity:

     A. Replace Northwestern Mutual Life?    [ ] YES   [ ] NO
     B. Replace other companies?             [ ] YES   [ ] NO
     C. Result in 1035 exchange?             [ ] YES   [ ] NO

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.   PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Select one:

     [ ] VARIABLE ANNUITY - Go to section V1.
     [ ] FIXED ANNUITY - SINGLE PREMIUM RETIREMENT ANNUITY - Go to section F1.

<PAGE>   43
VARIABLE ANNUITY SECTION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V1.  TYPE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ ]  BACK-END DESIGN   [ ] FRONT-END DESIGN - Minimum initial purchase payment
     $10,000.

The front-end design may provide better long term financial value than the back
end design. Factors to consider in making a decision include the expected
holding period of the annuity as well as anticipated liquidity needs.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V2.  OPTIONAL ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[ ]  I ELECT THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER.

There is an additional charge. Available to age 65. If this rider is not
elected, the standard death benefit will apply.
See prospectus for more information.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V3.  PAYMENT ALLOCATION AND OPTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.   PAYMENT ALLOCATION

     You must indicate payment allocations. Use whole percentages. Total must
     equal 100%.

         NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.

          %
         |______  Select Bond

         |______  International Equity

         |______  Money Market

         |______  Balanced

         |______  Index 500 Stock

         |______  Aggressive Growth Stock

         |______  High Yield Bond

         |______  Growth Stock

         |______  Growth and Income Stock

         |______  Index 400 Stock

         |______  Small Cap Growth Stock


         RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS

          %

         |______  Multi-Style Equity

         |______  Aggressive Equity

         |______  Non-US

         |______  Real Estate Securities

         |______  Core Bond


         FIXED FUND

          %

         |______  Guaranteed Interest


        Fund availability subject to state approval.



B.   OPTIONS

     You may select one of the following options:


     [ ] AUTOMATIC DOLLAR-COST AVERAGING

                         Amount
                      |
          I authorize |$ ________________________ to be transferred from the
          Money Market Fund:



          [ ] MONTHLY         [ ] QUARTERLY
          to the following funds:



          %         Fund Name
         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________

         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________

         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________

         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________

         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________

         |        |
         |______  |_________________________________________________


      [ ] PORTFOLIO RE-BALANCING

               Minimum contract value $10,000. Re-balancing transfers are not
               made to or from the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

               I authorize re-balancing transfers to be made according to the
               elected Payment Allocations:

               [ ]  MONTHLY                 [ ]  QUARTERLY

               [ ]  SEMI-ANNUALLY           [ ]  ANNUALLY



<PAGE>   44
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 V4.  INITIAL PAYMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

METHOD OF PAYMENT


Select one:                Amount
                        |$
     [ ] CHECK ATTACHED |___________________      Estimated Amount
                                               |$
     [ ] CHECK COMING FROM ANOTHER INSTITUTION |___________________

     [ ] ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (ISA/EFT) - Complete section V5.

     [ ] MULTIPLE CONTRACT BILL (MCB) - Required for Simple IRAs. Complete
         section V5.



IRA INFORMATION

This section must be completed if an IRA market was selected in Section 3.
CAUTION: ACCURATE SELECTION IS NEEDED TO ASSURE CORRECT TAX REPORTING. For
advice, consult your tax professional. Select all that apply:

     [ ] NEW CONTRIBUTIONS - Specify tax year:

                   Current Tax Year            |      Amount
                   ____________________________|$__________________________

                   Prior Tax Year              |      Amount
                   ____________________________|$__________________________


     [ ] DIRECT TRANSFER - Check Payable to Northwestern Mutual Life for the
         benefit of the contract owner.

             Indicate the market the money is coming from. Select one:

             [ ] TDA

             [ ] PENSION/PROFIT SHARING/401K/DEFINED BENEFIT

             [ ] TRADITIONAL IRA

             [ ] ROTH IRA

             [ ] SEP

             [ ] SIMPLE IRA - THE OWNER HAS BEEN A PARTICIPANT IN THE
                 EMPLOYER'S SIMPLE plan for:        [ ] TWO YEARS OR LESS
                                                    [ ] MORE THAN TWO YEARS


[ ] 60-DAY ROLLOVER - Personal check from owner or check endorsed to
    Northwestern Mutual Life.

             Only if applicable, also select one:

             [ ] TRADITIONAL IRA TO ROTH IRA

             [ ] SIMPLE IRA TO TRADITIONAL IRA- THE OWNER HAS BEEN A PARTICIPANT
                 IN THE EMPLOYER'S SIMPLE plan for: [ ] TWO YEARS OR LESS
                                                    [ ] MORE THAN TWO YEARS








<PAGE>   45
                  |                                          |
                  |                                          |
                               Attach Voided Check

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V5.  SCHEDULED PAYMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You may select either ISA/EFT or MCB.

                                                                      ISA Number
                                                                      [        ]
                                                                      [        ]
                                                                      [        ]
[ ] ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (ISA/EFT)
    You must attach a voided check.

Select one:

[ ] MONTHLY                [ ] QUARTERLY

[ ] SEMI-ANNUALLY          [ ] ANNUALLY

 Amount                        Date of First Draft
|                             |
|$                            |
 __________________________________________________________________

 Bank Transit Number           Checking/Savings Account Number
|                             |
|                             |
 __________________________________________________________________

                Bank Name
[ ] CHECKING   |
[ ] SAVINGS    |
                 _____________________________________________

BANK ACCOUNT OWNER - Select one:

[ ] ANNUITANT           [ ] OTHER- Enter information below:

 Name:  First, MI, Last                    Sex         Birthdate: mm-dd-yyyy
|                                         |           |
|                                         |           |
 ______________________________________________________________________________

 Street Address                            City, State, Zip
|                                         |
|                                         |
 ______________________________________________________________________________

 Taxpayer ID Number                        Daytime Telephone Number
|                                         |
|                                         |
 ______________________________________________________________________________


Signature below is authorization to the depository institution specified above
to pay and charge named account with electronic funds transfers, or other form
of pre-authorized check or withdrawal order transfers, initiated by the
Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company to its own order. This authorization
will remain in effect until revoked in writing.

                     X
                     __________________________________________________________
                     Signature of Bank Account Owner

[ ] MULTIPLE CONTRACT BILL (MCB)

 Amount                       MCB Number            MCB Payer Name
|                            |                     |
|$                           |                     |
 ______________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>   46
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGNATURES - VARIABLE ANNUITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE ANNUITANT CONSENTS TO THIS APPLICATION.

EACH PERSON SIGNING THIS APPLICATION DECLARES THAT THE ANSWERS AND STATEMENTS
MADE IN THIS APPLICATION ARE CORRECTLY RECORDED, COMPLETE AND TRUE TO THE BEST
OF HIS OR HER KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF.

IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT:

If the Owner is a Trustee or successor Trustee under a tax qualified plan or the
employer under a tax qualified non-trusteed plan, Northwestern Mutual Life will
be fully discharged of liability for any action taken by the Owner in the
exercise of any contract right and for all amounts paid to, or at the direction
of, the Owner and will have no obligation as to the use of the amounts. In all
dealings with the Owner, Northwestern Mutual Life will be fully protected
against the claims of every other person.

The first purchase payment will be credited the valuation date coincident with
or next following the date both the application and the purchase payment are
received at the Home Office.

Receipt of purchase payments at a payment facility designated by Northwestern
Mutual Life will be considered the same as receipt at the Home Office.

If a Tax Qualified Employee Plan, an IRA or TDA is applied for, the Applicant
and/or Annuitant have received and reviewed the appropriate ERISA, IRA or TDA
disclosure statements.

BACK-END DESIGN VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS HAVE PROVISIONS FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF
SURRENDER CHARGES ON CASH WITHDRAWAL.

No agent is authorized to make or alter contracts or to waive the rights or
requirements of Northwestern Mutual Life.

I acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus or Offering Circular and Report and I
understand that all payments and values provided by this contract, when based on
the investment experience of a separate account, are variable and are not
guaranteed as to amount.

<TABLE>
<S><C>
x                                                                        x
_________________________________________________________________        ________________________________________________
Signature of Applicant (Indicate relationship below if applicable)       Signature of Annuitant (if other than Applicant)

[ ] Trustee              [ ] Employer

                                                                         x
                                                                         ________________________________________________
                                                                         Signature of Licensed Agent

 Date                     Signed at:  City                              County                                   State
|                        |                                             |                                      |
|                        |                                             |                                      |
 ____________             _______________________________________       __________________________              ________
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   47

FIXED ANNUITY - SINGLE PREMIUM RETIREMENT ANNUITY SECTION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F1.  GUARANTEED PERIOD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    [ ]ONE YEAR                 [ ]THREE YEAR

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F2.  PAYMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     METHOD OF PAYMENT

     Select all that apply:


                           Amount
                    |
[ ]CHECK ATTACHED   |$ ________________

                                             Estimated Amount
                                          |
[ ]CHECK COMING FROM ANOTHER INSTITUTION  |$ __________________

     IRA INFORMATION

     This section must be completed if an IRA market was selected in Section 3.
     CAUTION: ACCURATE SELECTION IS NEEDED TO ASSURE CORRECT TAX REPORTING. For
     advice, consult your tax professional. Select one:

     [ ] DIRECT TRANSFER - Check Payable to Northwestern Mutual Life for the
     benefit of the contract owner.

            Indicate the market the money is coming from. Select one:

            [ ] TDA
            [ ] PENSION/PROFIT SHARING/401K/DEFINED BENEFIT
            [ ] TRADITIONAL IRA
            [ ] ROTH IRA
            [ ] SEP
            [ ] SIMPLE IRA - The owner has been a participant in the employer's
                SIMPLE plan for: [ ]TWO YEARS OR LESS
                                 [ ]MORE THAN TWO YEARS

     [ ]60-DAY ROLLOVER - Personal check from owner or check endorsed to
     Northwestern Mutual Life.

           Only if applicable, also select one:

           [ ] TRADITIONAL IRA TO ROTH IRA
           [ ] SIMPLE IRA TO TRADITIONAL IRA - The owner has been a participant
               in the employer's SIMPLE plan for: [ ] TWO YEARS OR LESS
                                                  [ ] MORE THAN TWO YEARS
<PAGE>   48
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SIGNATURES - FIXED ANNUITY - SINGLE PREMIUM RETIREMENT ANNUITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE ANNUITANT CONSENTS TO THIS APPLICATION.

EACH PERSON SIGNING THIS APPLICATION DECLARES THAT THE ANSWERS AND STATEMENTS
MADE IN THIS APPLICATION ARE CORRECTLY RECORDED, COMPLETE AND TRUE TO THE BEST
OF HIS OR HER KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF.

IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT:

If the Owner is a Trustee or successor Trustee under a tax qualified plan or the
employer under a tax qualified non-trusteed plan, Northwestern Mutual Life will
be fully discharged of liability for any action taken by the Owner in the
exercise of any contract right and for all amounts paid to, or at the direction
of, the Owner and will have no obligation as to the use of the amounts. In all
dealings with the Owner, Northwestern Mutual Life will be fully protected
against the claims of every other person.

The premium will be credited the date both the entire premium and the
application are received at the Home Office.

Receipt of the premium at a payment facility designated by Northwestern Mutual
Life will be considered the same as receipt at the Home Office.

If a Tax Qualified Employee Plan, an IRA or TDA is applied for, the Applicant
and/or Annuitant have received and reviewed the appropriate ERISA, IRA or TDA
disclosure statements.

FIXED ANNUITY - SINGLE PREMIUM RETIREMENT ANNUITY POLICIES HAVE PROVISIONS FOR
THE ASSESSMENT OF SURRENDER CHARGES ON CASH WITHDRAWAL.

No agent is authorized to make or alter contracts or to waive the rights or
requirements of Northwestern Mutual Life.










<TABLE>
<S><C>

X__________________________________________________________________        X_______________________________________________
Signature of Applicant  (Indicate relationship below if applicable)        Signature of Annuitant (if other than Applicant)
[ ] Trustee             [ ] Employer

                                                                           X_______________________________________________
                                                                            Signature of Licensed Agent

Date           Signed at: City                                        County                                State
|              |                                                      |                                      |
|              |                                                      |                                      |
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   49
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGENT'S CERTIFICATE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Annuitant Name:  First, MI, Last                                      A
     |
     |_____________________________________________________________________

     1. To the best of your knowledge will the annuity applied for replace any
        life insurance or annuity contract in this company or elsewhere?
        [ ] YES     [ ] NO

            Date of Delivery
           |
     2. On |__________ the following Prospectus or Offering Circular and Report
        was delivered:

        [ ] ACCOUNT A OFFERING CIRCULAR DATED______________AND REPORT DATED
            _____________(CORPORATE PENSION PLANS)
        [ ] ACCOUNT A PROSPECTUS DATED______________(PARTNERSHIP OR SOLE
            PROPRIETORSHIP PENSION PLANS)
        [ ] ACCOUNT B PROSPECTUS DATED______________(ALL OTHERS)

     3. Was any part of this application translated?

        [ ] YES, PLEASE EXPLAIN:                  [ ] NO

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I certify that to the best of my knowledge I have presented to the Company all
pertinent facts, have asked all questions and have completely and correctly
recorded the Applicant's and Annuitant's answers in accordance with the
instructions. I know nothing unfavorable about the Annuitant that is not stated
in the application or accompanying letter. I further certify that I have
reasonable grounds for believing the purchase of the annuity applied for is
suitable as an investment for the Annuitant based on the information furnished
by the Applicant and Annuitant and contained herein.

If this application is for a Variable Annuity, I certify that a current
Prospectus or Offering Circular and Report was delivered and that no written
sales materials other than those furnished by the Home Office were used.

                                                       Agent Phone Number
                                                      |
x_____________________________________________________|________________________

Signature of Agent

General Agent's approval for VARIABLE ANNUITIES only (signature of GENERAL AGENT
or APPOINTED REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVE)

x________________________________     __________________________________________

Signature                             Print Name

                                       or use stamp
                                      |
                                      |
                                      |
                                      |_________________________________________

<PAGE>   50
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEMOGRAPHICS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUITANT'S EDUCATION

[ ] Some Education  [ ] High School     [ ] Associate Degree    [ ] Some College
[ ] Bachelors       [ ] Masters         [ ] Attorney at Law     [ ] Doctorate

NUMBER OF CHILDREN

  Number
|                   [ ] None
|
|_________

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OCCUPATION                    INDUSTRY                                SOURCE OF APPLICANT
<S>                           <C>                                     <C>
[ ] Business Owner            [ ] Agriculture, Forestry &Fishing      [ ] Agent's Own Policyowner
[ ] Clerical                  [ ] Construction                        [ ] Orphan Policyowner
[ ] Consultant                [ ] Finance, Insurance &Real Estate     [ ] Referred Lead
[ ] Craftsman                 [ ] Manufacturing                       [ ] Acquaintance
[ ] Homemaker                 [ ] Mining                              [ ] Newcomer Service
[ ] Legal                     [ ] Nonclassifiable Establishments      [ ] Cold Canvass
[ ] Managerial/Executive      [ ] Public Administration               [ ] Lead Letter Reply
[ ] Medical                   [ ] Retail Trade                        [ ] Published Sources
[ ] Professional              [ ] Services                            [ ] Walk-in
[ ] Sales                     [ ] Transportation, Communication       [ ] Family member or yourself
                                  & Utilities
[ ] Service Worker                                                        Other
[ ] Technical                 [ ] Wholesale Trade                     |
                                                                      |______________________________
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deliver contract package to the servicing agent at the: [ ] GA office
                                                        [ ] DA office
                                                        [ ] Agent's own office

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRODUCTION AND COMMISSION CREDITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Primary or Secondary     If secondary contract,
 Agent Number       Agents Full Name*: Last, First     % Interest          Contract (P or S)        secondary Appt. Agt. No.
<S>                <C>                                <C>                 <C>                      <C>
|                  |                                  |                   |                        |
|__________________|__________________________________|___________________|________________________|_________________________


|                  |                                  |                   |                        |
|__________________|__________________________________|___________________|________________________|_________________________


|                  |                                  |                   |                        |
|__________________|__________________________________|___________________|________________________|_________________________


|                  |                                  |                   |                        |
|__________________|__________________________________|___________________|________________________|_________________________


|                  |                                  |                   |                        |
|__________________|__________________________________|___________________|________________________|_________________________

</TABLE>
*Commissions are payable only to Registered Representatives of Northwestern
Mutual Investment Services, LLC.


               General Agent's Number             General Agent's Stamp
              |                                  |
              |_______________________           |
                                                 |
                                                 |_________________

<PAGE>   51


<TABLE>
<S><C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A                                  Annuitant                         Amount     Plan
                                  |                                 |          |
                                  |_________________________________|$_________|_________________________________


         RECEIPT
If the premium or purchase        Received of___________________________________________________________________
payment is paid at the time
of application, this receipt      the sum of $__________________________________________________________________
must be completed and given       for the Annuity applied for in the application to The Northwestern Mutual LIfe
to the Applicant. No other        Insurance Company, 720 East Wisconsin Ave., Milwaukee, WI 53202.
receipt will be recognized by
the Company.                      Place and Date                     Agent
                                  |                                 |
                                  |_________________________________|____________________________________________
</TABLE>

ALL CHECKS SHOULD BE PAYABLE TO NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE. DO NOT MAKE THE CHECK
PAYABLE TO THE AGENT OR LEAVE THE PAYEE BLANK.

EFFECTIVE DATE: The Annuity will be effective on the date the application and
initial purchase payment are received at the Home Office. Receipt of purchase
payments at a payment facility designated by Northwestern Mutual Life will be
considered the same as receipt at the Home Office.

REFUND: If delivery of a Fixed Annuity-Single Premium Retirement Annuity is not
accepted, the Company will refund any premium paid. If delivery of a Variable
Annuity is not accepted, the Company will refund the sum of the difference
between the purchase payments paid and the amounts, if any, allocated to the
Separate Account plus the value of the Accumulation Units of the Separate
Account on the effective date of return, except where otherwise required by law.

No agent is authorized to make or alter contracts or to waive any of the
Company's rights or requirements.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission